summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/55804-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/55804-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/55804-0.txt7058
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7058 deletions
diff --git a/old/55804-0.txt b/old/55804-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e06f8e8..0000000
--- a/old/55804-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7058 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's Recollections of a Peninsula Veteran, by Joseph Anderson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: Recollections of a Peninsula Veteran
-
-Author: Joseph Anderson
-
-Release Date: October 24, 2017 [EBook #55804]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RECOLLECTIONS OF A PENINSULA ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Brian Coe, Barry Abrahamsen and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- RECOLLECTIONS OF A
- PENINSULAR VETERAN
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- [Illustration: _Lt. Col. Joseph Anderson. C.B._]
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- RECOLLECTIONS OF A
- PENINSULAR VETERAN
-
-
-
-
- BY THE LATE
-
- LT.-COLONEL JOSEPH ANDERSON
- C.B., KNIGHT OF HANOVER
- OF THE 78TH, 24TH, AND 50TH REGIMENTS
- (1805-1848)
-
-
-
-
- LONDON
- EDWARD ARNOLD
- 1913
-
- (_All rights reserved_)
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- INTRODUCTION
-
-
-THE following pages have been selected from the autobiography of my
-grandfather, the late Colonel Joseph Anderson, who was born in
-Sutherlandshire, Scotland, on June 1, 1790, and died on July 18, 1877.
-It should be stated that this narrative was written only for his own
-family. He had never kept a diary—nor even any notes of his adventures
-and travels—and only began to write his reminiscences of the long-past
-years when he was seventy-four, in the quiet of his beautiful home near
-Melbourne, Australia. His memory was perfectly amazing; but if any
-slight inaccuracies should be discovered, the reader is asked to excuse
-them, on account of his age. He was a “grand old man” in every sense,
-and lived in excellent health of mind and body until his eighty-eighth
-year. To the very last he was always keenly interested in military
-matters, and never failed to attend, in uniform, all the important
-volunteer reviews held in Melbourne, where his upright, soldierly figure
-attracted universal admiration. His son, the late Colonel Acland
-Anderson, C.M.G., was for many years the Colonel-Commandant of the
-Military Forces of H.M. Government in Victoria, which appointment he
-held till his death in January, 1882. He was the founder of the
-Volunteer Organization, as in 1855 he raised a Rifle Corps in Melbourne,
-which was not only the first in Victoria but probably the first in
-Australia.
-
- ACLAND ANDERSON,
- _Captain, late 3rd Dragoon Guards_.
-
- SEPTEMBER, 1913.
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
-EARLY EXPERIENCES
-
- Born in Scotland—At fifteen years old appointed to the 78th
- Regiment—First visit to London—Join regiment at Shorncliffe—Embark
- for Gibraltar—Put under arrest—Lieutenant James Mackay
-
- CHAPTER II
-
-THE CAMPAIGN OF MAIDA
-
- Expedition to Calabria—In General Acland’s brigade—Battle of
- Maida—Sergeant McCrae and the wounded Frenchman—Reggio—Capture of
- Catrone—Taormina—Syracuse
-
- CHAPTER III
-
-IN EGYPT
-
- Expedition to Egypt—We take possession of Alexandria—Entrapped by
- the enemy at Rosetta—A trying retreat
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
-THE EL-HAMET DISASTER
-
- Colonel McLeod’s death and losses of his detachment—Captain Mackay
- honoured by Turkish Pasha—Return to Sicily—78th goes to
- England—Attack of ophthalmia
-
- CHAPTER V
-
-THE BATTLE OF TALAVERA
-
- Gazetted to lieutenancy in 24th Regiment—Embarked for
- Portugal—Battle of Talavera—Wounded—Soldiers seize Spanish pigs
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
-THE BATTLE OF BUSACO
-
- Army kindly received in Portugal—Much fighting with French army
- under Massena—Lord Wellington’s retreat on the Lines of Torres
- Vedras—Battle of Busaco
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
-THE LINES OF TORRES VEDRAS
-
- Continued fighting—General Beresford knighted—English and French
- officers spend evenings together at theatres, etc., with consent of
- their commanders—Massena retires to Santarem
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
-THE LOST REGIMENTAL BOOKS
-
- Story of the lost regimental books and the honesty of the soldiers
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
-THE BATTLE OF FUENTES D’ONORO
-
-Much fighting—We drive the enemy across the Mondego at Coimbra—Battle of
-Fuentes d’Onoro—I go into the French lines to take away the body of a
-friend
-
- CHAPTER X
-
-IN SCOTLAND
-
- On sick-leave in England—In Scotland—Journey of seventy miles in
- twenty-four hours on foot after a ball—Appointed to assist at
- brigade office, 1813—Appointed captain and brigade-major in the York
- Chasseurs
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
-VOYAGE TO BARBADOS
-
- Portsmouth—Guernsey—Sail for Barbados—Honest Henry—Frightful
- storm—Adventure at Funchal
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
-ST. VINCENT AND GUADELOUPE
-
- Life in Barbados—I am appointed acting-paymaster—President of a
- court-martial—Deputy judge-advocate—At St. Vincent—Expedition to
- Guadeloupe—Appointed deputy-assistant quartermaster-general and sent
- to Guadeloupe
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
-DOMINICA
-
- Sent to Dominica—A fatal foot-race—I give up appointment and rejoin
- my regiment at St. Vincent—An awful voyage
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
-AN AMUSING DUEL
-
- Jamaica—Return to England—York Chasseurs disbanded—Trip to France—An
- amusing duel
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
-CHASED BY A PIRATE
-
- Appointed captain in the 50th Regiment—Embark for Jamaica—A terrible
- storm and a drunken captain—Return to port—Sail again with another
- captain—Ship chased by a pirate—Jamaica once more
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
-LIFE IN JAMAICA
-
- Appointed deputy judge-advocate—Sir John Keane—An interesting
- court-martial—Sent with a small detachment to Port Maria—Awful
- outbreak of yellow fever
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
-HOME AGAIN AND MARRIED
-
- Invalided to England—Ship injured on coral rock—Dangerous
- voyage—Married on 25th November, 1826—Portsmouth—The Duke of
- Clarence—Ireland—Complimented by Sir Hussey Vivian on execution of
- difficult manœuvres.
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
-
-TO NEW SOUTH WALES
-
- Dr. Doyle’s sermon—Ordered to New South Wales—Sail for Sydney with
- three hundred convicts—Mutiny at Norfolk Island—Appointed
- colonel-commandant there
-
- CHAPTER XIX
-
-NORFOLK ISLAND
-
- Life at Norfolk Island—Trial of the mutineers—A fresh
- conspiracy—Execution of thirteen mutineers
-
- CHAPTER XX
-
-SUNDAY SERVICES AT NORFOLK ISLAND in 4 I appoint two convicts (who had
-been educated for the Church) to officiate—Find about a hundred
-ex-soldiers among the convicts—Separate them from the others, with great
-success
-
- CHAPTER XXI
-
-LIFE AT NORFOLK ISLAND in 4 Solitary case of misconduct among
-the soldier gang—I get many pardoned and many sentences
-shortened—Theatricals and other amusements—Visit from my brother—Mr.
-MacLeod
-
- CHAPTER XXII
-
-MANGALORE CATTLE STATION
-
- Wreck of the _Friendship_—I am attacked by Captain Harrison and
- MacLeod—I receive the Royal Guelphic Order of Knighthood—Secure the
- sheep and cattle station of “Mangalore” in Port Phillip with my
- brother—Leave Norfolk Island—Visit to Mangalore
-
- CHAPTER XXIII
-
-ON MY DEFENCE
-
- Court of inquiry as to my management of Norfolk Island—Major Bunbury
- reprimanded by Commander-in-Chief at the Horse Guards for his
- unfounded charges
-
- CHAPTER XXIV
-
-ORDERED TO CALCUTTA
-
- 50th Regiment ordered to India—Sudden death of one of my boys—Voyage
- to India—First experiences of Calcutta
-
- CHAPTER XXV
-
-LIFE AT CALCUTTA
-
- Magnificent entertainments at Calcutta—Dost Mahomet—Wreck of the
- _Ferguson_—Preparations for Burmese campaign—Special favour shown to
- soldiers of the 50th Regiment
-
- CHAPTER XXVI
-
-AT MOULMEIN
-
- Great welcome to Moulmein—No fighting after all—The Madras native
- regiments
-
- CHAPTER XXVII
-
-VOYAGE UP THE GANGES
-
- Return to Calcutta—Much illness in regiment—Boat journey of three
- months to Cawnpore—Incidents of the voyage—Death of Daniel Shean
-
- CHAPTER XXVIII
-
-IN COMMAND AT CAWNPORE
-
- Life at Cawnpore—Quarrel between Mowatt and Burke—Court-martial
-
- CHAPTER XXIX
-
-THE GWALIOR CAMPAIGN
-
- Expedition to Gwalior—In command of the regiment—Brigadier Black—His
- accident—I am appointed to the command of the brigade—Battle of
- Punniar—In General Gray’s absence I order a charge on the enemy’s
- guns—Severely wounded
-
- CHAPTER XXX
-
-WOUNDED AND MADE MUCH OF
-
- “My brigade had carried all before it”—Painful return to
- camp—General Gray’s dispatch
-
- CHAPTER XXXI
-
-RETURN TO CAWNPORE
-
- Slow recovery from my wound—Painful journey by palanquin to
- Cawnpore—Am created a C.B.—Other honours and promotions
-
- CHAPTER XXXII
-
-ON LEAVE FOR TWO YEARS
-
- Riding accident at Cawnpore—Foot seriously injured—Get two years’
- leave of absence—Voyage to Cape Town—On to Australia—A strange cabin
-
- CHAPTER XXXIII
-
-AUSTRALIA ONCE MORE
-
- Sydney once more—Visit Mangalore—Select land for house near
- Melbourne—My War Medal
-
- CHAPTER XXXIV
-
-SECOND VOYAGE TO CALCUTTA
-
- Sail for India—Dangers of Torres Straits—Copang—Arrival at
- Calcutta—My son appointed to the 50th Regiment
-
- CHAPTER XXXV
-
-TO CAWNPORE AND BACK
-
- Violent gale at Loodhiana—Two hundred men, women, and children
- buried—By river steamer to Allahabad—Rejoin the regiment at
- Cawnpore—Return voyage down the Ganges
-
- CHAPTER XXXVI
-
-INDIA TO CAPE TOWN
-
- The guns captured in the Sutlej campaign—Lord Hardinge’s compliments
- to the regiment—I secure compensation for the regiment’s losses at
- Loodhiana—Voyage to Cape Town
-
- CHAPTER XXXVII
-
-RETURN TO ENGLAND
-
- Return to England—Continued in command of the regiment
-
- CHAPTER XXXVIII
-
-FAREWELL TO THE 50TH REGIMENT
-
- Decide to retire—Return to Australia
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- ORDERS AND MEDALS
-
- OF THE LATE
-
- LIEUT.-COLONEL JOSEPH ANDERSON, C.B., K.H.,
-
- OF THE 50TH (QUEEN’S OWN) REGIMENT,
-
- And of Fairlie House, South Yarra, near Melbourne, Victoria.
-
- _Born July 1st, 1790. Died 18th July, 1877._
-
- --------------
-
- LIEUT.-COLONEL ANDERSON’S SERVICES.
-
-“Expedition to Calabria, including the battle of Maida, and subsequent
-operations, and capture of the fortress of Catrone; expedition to Egypt
-in 1807; Peninsular War from April, 1809, to January, 1812, including
-the battles of Talavera (wounded) and Busaco; retreat to the Lines of
-Torres Vedras and various affairs there; with the advance at Espinhal,
-battle of Fuentes d’Onoro, and many other affairs and skirmishes. (War
-Medal with four clasps.) Served at the capture of Guadeloupe in 1815.
-Commanded a brigade at the battle of Punniar (medal), and was severely
-wounded at its head when in the act of charging the enemy’s
-guns.”—_Hart’s Army List._
-
-1. “MILITARY ORDER OF THE BATH,” founded by King George I, 25th May,
-1725.
-
-2. “THE GUELPHIC ORDER” (Hanoverian), founded by King George IV, when
-Prince Regent, in the name of his father, George III, on 12th August,
-1815.
-
-3. “THE WAR MEDAL,” granted by the Queen, 1st June, 1847, for services
-in the Peninsular War (4 clasps):—
-
- 1. Maida, July 4, 1806.
- 2. Talavera, July 27 and 28, 1809.
- 3. Busaco, September 27, 1810.
- 4. Fuentes d’Onoro, May 5, 1811.
-
-The War Medal has on the obverse the head of the Queen, with the date,
-1848; and on the reverse Her Majesty, as the representative of the
-country or people, is in the act of crowning with a laurel wreath the
-Duke of Wellington, in a kneeling attitude, as emblematic of the army.
-
-4. MAHRATTA CAMPAIGN OF 1843: “INDIAN STAR OF BRONZE,” made from the
-captured guns. Battle of Punniar, 29th December, 1843.
-
-“About four o’clock in the afternoon the enemy was observed to have
-taken up a strong position on a chain of lofty hills four miles eastward
-of the camp.... The Second Infantry Brigade, under Brigadier Anderson,
-of the 50th, arrived in time to put a finish to the action; forming on
-the crest of a hill, he, by a gallant and judicious movement, attacked
-the enemy’s left, and completely defeated him, taking the remainder of
-his guns.... Major White took the Second Infantry Brigade out of action
-upon Brigadier Anderson being wounded.”—Carter’s “Medals of the British
-Army.”
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- RECOLLECTIONS OF A
- PENINSULAR VETERAN
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
- EARLY EXPERIENCES
-
-
-Born in Scotland—At fifteen years old appointed to the 78th
- Regiment—First visit to London—Join regiment at Shorncliffe—Embark
- for Gibraltar—Put under arrest—Lieutenant James Mackay
-
-
-I SUDDENLY and most unexpectedly got my commission as an ensign in the
-78th Regiment (27th June, 1805) through the influence of my brother
-William, a captain in the same corps, being then only within a few days
-of my fifteenth year. But before I go any further I must mention an
-amusing incident which took place before I left Banff Academy to join my
-regiment, and as in the present day it may not appear much to my credit,
-I beg my dear ones who may read this to remember I was still a boy, and
-with less experience of the world than most of the youths of the present
-day. Out of my pocket money I managed to save six shillings, with which
-I purchased an old gun to amuse myself, and to shoot sparrows during our
-play hours; and this being contrary to all rules and positive
-standing-orders, I kept my dangerous weapon at an old woman’s house a
-little way from town. A few chosen companions knew of my secret and
-accompanied me one evening to enjoy our sport, but there was one amongst
-them to whom I refused a shot, so next day he reported me and my gun to
-the second master. I was called up and questioned on his evidence, when
-I stoutly and boldly denied every word he said. The good master, Mr.
-Simpson, then said, “You have told a lie, sir, and I must punish you; so
-down with your breeches.” I at once resisted, and said, “I am an officer
-and won’t submit.” He then called two or three boys to assist him in
-clearing for action, but I still resisted, and kicked and thumped them
-all round, until the noise became so loud that the good old rector came
-in from his room and said, “What is all this?” On his being told, and
-also my reasons for resisting, he laughed most heartily and said, “I
-will not disgrace you, sir; you are an officer, and I will not disgrace
-you.” So I was allowed to escape and to go back to my seat. Many years
-afterwards I returned to Banff, and the rector and I had many laughs
-over this frolic, and at the same time I met Mr. Simpson, but found it
-difficult to convince him of my continued good will, and that I never
-forgot the good and salutary lesson he gave me.
-
-Six weeks after this I received a letter from my brother ordering me to
-join my regiment, then stationed at Shorncliffe barracks in Kent, and
-directing me at the same time to go in the first instance to my uncle,
-Dr. Anderson, at Peterhead, to receive an outfit, and then, without
-being allowed to go home to see my father, I was shipped off for London
-in one of the trading sloops of that day, and consigned to another
-friend of ours, Mr. Tod, who was married to my only aunt. They received
-me most kindly, and here I found a number of young ladies, my cousins,
-who were about my own age, and with whom I soon became happy and
-intimate. I remained with them for a fortnight, and during that time Mr.
-Tod took me to his tailor, who furnished me with all my necessary
-regimentals, and not a little proud was I on finding myself for the
-first time dressed out in scarlet and gold. Mr. Tod took me also to many
-of the public places and streets of London, and to this day I cannot
-forget how the good old man laughed at my surprise and remarks about all
-the pretty women who unblushingly stared at me.
-
-On the 18th August, 1805, I took my leave, and by coach proceeded to
-join my regiment at Shorncliffe barracks. My brother William received me
-on my arrival, and then took me to the colonel to introduce me, and
-afterwards to the adjutant to report my arrival, and then to my future
-home for a time, his own house at Sandgate; and with him I remained for
-two months, until we marched for Portsmouth to embark for Gibraltar. In
-the meantime I attended all daily parades, morning and evening, and was
-drilled and instructed in a squad with the men.
-
-But before I go any further I must mention that soon after joining the
-regiment my brother told me I was never regularly gazetted to my
-ensigncy. That appointment had been given to my brother John, who at the
-same time got a cadetship in the Madras Army, which my father considered
-the best appointment of the two, and consequently wrote to my brother
-William to use his interest with General McKenzie Fraser, the full
-colonel of the 78th (from whom the ensigncy was procured), to say that
-his brother John was provided for, but that he had another brother,
-Joseph, to whom he hoped he would kindly transfer the commission; and
-this the general at once consented to do, and so I was ordered to join,
-and for nearly two years after my name appeared “... Anderson” in the
-Army List. Such chances do not happen nowadays.
-
-We arrived at Portsmouth at the beginning of October, and embarked on
-the following day for Gibraltar. The transports of those days were
-wretched, and their provisions were even worse, and in the miserable tub
-_Neptune_, to which I was doomed, we were so crowded that I, as the
-youngest subaltern, had neither berth nor cot allowed me, and I was
-obliged to double up with another young ensign, and to make the best I
-could of it. Yet we were very jolly, and all went on well until we got
-off Lisbon, about the 19th of October, when the commodore of all the
-other ships-of-war in charge of the convoy made the signal, “An enemy in
-sight, put in to port in view,” and this was immediately answered by
-every ship in the convoy. The whole fleet then went about and steered
-direct for Lisbon, and so we continued with every sail set, until on the
-same evening, and following day, we were all safely at anchor in the
-Tagus. We heard soon after, that the enemy we discovered in time was
-part of the French fleet then making for Trafalgar, and in a few days
-more we had the great and glorious news of Nelson’s splendid and
-complete victory over the combined fleets of France and Spain off Cape
-Trafalgar, on the 21st October, 1805, and of their almost complete
-capture and destruction. But, alas! how great was the price of this
-national success, for Nelson fell, and many gallant officers, soldiers,
-and sailors with him.
-
-A few days after receiving this great news we again sailed from Lisbon
-for Gibraltar, and beyond Cape Trafalgar we came up with our own partly
-dismasted and disabled ships, and all which could be safely brought away
-of the enemy’s captured vessels, the former proudly distinguished by
-their English tattered flags, and the latter humbled by the British
-ensign flying triumphantly over the national emblems of France and
-Spain. This was indeed a proud sight, and a lasting day of triumph and
-renown to old England, for from that time to the present hour the might
-of the Spanish navy was crushed and the French navy never appeared
-formidable to us again. We soon passed our noble heroes and their
-prizes, and our fleet reached Gibraltar a few days afterwards.
-
-The regiment landed next day, and occupied Windmill Hill and Europa
-Point barracks. There were no less than four other regiments there when
-we arrived, and I liked that gay station very much. But there for the
-first and only time of my military life I was put in arrest, and became
-so alarmed that I cried bitterly, and thought I was going to be hanged
-at least! The other ensigns of the regiment were all many years older
-than I, and one of them in particular used to bully and annoy me
-constantly, so that on one of these occasions I made use of most
-insulting and ungentlemanlike language to him. Our kind and parental
-colonel (Macleod of Guinnes) was then in the habit of inviting all the
-young officers to breakfast with him, and on the following morning I
-went as usual in full dress to his house, about a mile from our
-barracks, and there on entering I found Cameron seated with others. The
-colonel soon appeared, and wished all good morning in his accustomed
-kind manner and asked us to take our seats. Breakfast passed over as
-usual. As soon as the table was cleared Colonel Macleod stood up and
-called us all to him, and then, addressing me, said, “Mr. Anderson, Mr.
-Cameron has reported to me that you have been making use of most
-improper language to him, and as you seem to forget you are no longer a
-schoolboy, but an officer, I must put you under arrest, and send you
-home in disgrace to your family. Leave your sword there, sir [on the
-table], and go to your barracks immediately.” Poor me! I at once showed
-I was still but a schoolboy, for I cried and sobbed fearfully, and
-returned to my barracks with a broken heart.
-
-The same evening a dear friend of my family, Captain John Mackay of
-Bighouse, called on me (no doubt at the request of the colonel), and
-frightened me more than ever, for he told me again that I would be
-brought to a general court-martial and deprived of my commission. I now
-cried more than ever, and I told him all that had passed between me and
-Cameron, and the constant insults and liberties he attempted to take
-with me in the presence of the other officers. I was glad to see from my
-friend’s remarks that he began to think Cameron was more to blame than I
-was, yet he still told me I must prepare for the worst, and so he left
-me to my own misery. I shall never forget my sufferings that night.
-However, next day I was ordered to attend at the colonel’s quarters, and
-there found most of the officers assembled, Cameron amongst them. The
-colonel then addressed us, and said, “Mr. Anderson, I have been
-inquiring into your conduct, and find that you, Mr. Cameron, most
-grossly insulted this young gentleman, and by your daring,
-unwarrantable, and most unofficerlike conduct provoked a young boy to
-forget himself. You, sir, are many years older and ought to know better;
-I consider you therefore far more culpable and blameable in every
-respect than Mr. Anderson. You have both acted very improperly, but for
-the present I shall take no further notice of your conduct than with
-this reprimand to warn you both to be more careful and correct for the
-future; and now, Mr. Anderson, you are released from your arrest, and
-will return to your duty.” Off I went in joy to my barracks, thankful
-indeed for this proper support and friendly admonition, and from that
-day I enjoyed myself and felt happy with my brother-officers.
-
-I was at this time attached to a company commanded by an old and
-experienced officer, Lieutenant James Mackay, a most studious man, and
-an acknowledged scholar, whose pride, next to his profession, was in his
-books. His instruction and care did me more good than any previous or
-subsequent opportunities I ever had for study. I was quartered with him
-at Europa Point, and he made me rise early and visit our men’s barracks
-at Windmill Hill, two miles distant, every morning. I then returned to
-breakfast with him, after which we went to our public parade, which was
-no sooner over than we got home, and then he made me sit down to certain
-books and studies which he gave me. This he made me continue daily while
-we remained at Gibraltar, although (at the instigation of the other
-officers) I often tricked him, and tried hard to get off from such
-control and (as I then thought) drudgery. Being a perfect master of the
-French language, he was one of the British officers sent with Napoleon
-Bonaparte to the island of St. Helena, and afterwards recalled by our
-Government on the suspicion of being too intimate with the ex-Emperor.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- THE CAMPAIGN OF MAIDA
-
-
-Expedition to Calabria—In General Acland’s brigade—Battle of
- Maida—Sergeant McCrae and the wounded Frenchman—Reggio—Capture of
- Catrone—Taormina—Syracuse
-
-
-EARLY in 1806 our regiment left Gibraltar for Messina, where we
-continued some months, and then marched for Milazzo, where we camped
-until we embarked, in June of the same year, as a part of the expedition
-under Lieut.-General Sir John Stuart for Calabria, landing with the
-other troops in the gulf of St. Euphemia on the morning of the 1st of
-July. The object of this force was to attack the French General Regnier,
-then in that part of Italy with a considerable army. Our landing was but
-slightly opposed, because our convoy, the _Endymion_ frigate (Captain
-Hoste), took up her position as near the shore as possible, and by her
-fire soon cleared the beach and drove the enemy far beyond our first
-footing. He made a partial stand, however, on a rising ground inland;
-but as our troops advanced, and after a skirmish, we soon forced him to
-retreat on his supports and finally on his main body. We then halted for
-the day, and the enemy left advanced posts and videttes to watch our
-movements. We soon bivouacked for the night about 6 miles from the
-beach, with, of course, the same precautions. During that evening and
-the following day we were busily engaged in landing our heavy stores of
-provisions. On the 3rd July we advanced a few miles to reconnoitre and
-to gain information of the enemy’s force and main position, and on the
-memorable and beautiful morning of the 4th July we finally advanced in
-columns, and soon found ourselves on the unusually clear and extensive
-plain of Maida, the enemy showing in mass on the distant hills and
-woods, about three miles from us, with a river in front which greatly
-strengthened their position.
-
-As soon as we got half across the plain, our columns were halted, and
-the troops deployed into two lines, the one to support the other, with
-our skirmishers thrown out in front to cover us. We were then directed
-to “order arms and stand at ease”; thus formed, we offered a fair field
-to the enemy. Our brigade, consisting of the 58th, 78th, and 81st
-Regiments, under General Acland, formed our front line, and in this
-position we remained at least half an hour gazing at our enemy; by this
-time the French were seen in full view debouching from the hills and
-woods, and, crossing the river, they advanced with all confidence
-towards us. As soon as they had cleared the river their advance halted,
-and the whole then formed into two columns, in which order they steadily
-advanced with drums playing and colours flying. We remained quiet and
-steady, but impatient, on our ground, and had a full view of our foes,
-as they boldly and confidently advanced, evidently expecting that they
-could, and would, walk over us; and so they ought to have done, for we
-afterwards ascertained they numbered upwards of nine thousand of their
-best troops, while our force did not much exceed six thousand men! Their
-cavalry was also more numerous, for we had only one squadron of the 23rd
-Light Dragoons; but ours was so admirably managed that it kept the
-others in check during the whole day.
-
-As soon as these formidable French columns came sufficiently near, and
-not till then, our lines were called to “attention” and ordered to
-“shoulder arms.” Then commenced in earnest the glorious battle of Maida,
-first with a volley from our brigade into the enemy’s columns and from
-our artillery at each flank without ceasing, followed by independent
-file firing as fast as our men could load; and well they did their work!
-Nor were the enemy idle; they returned our fire without ceasing, then in
-part commenced to deploy into line. The independent file firing was
-still continued with more vigour than ever for at least a quarter of an
-hour, when many brave men fell on both sides. Our brigade was then
-ordered to charge, supported by our second line, and this they did
-lustily and with endless hearty cheers, the French at the same moment
-following our example and advancing towards us at a steady charge of
-bayonets, the rolling of drums, and endless loud cheers. Both armies
-were equally determined to carry all before them; it was not till we got
-within five or six paces of each other that the enemy wavered, broke
-their ranks, and gave way, turning away to a man and scampering off,
-most of them throwing away their arms at the same time; but our men
-continued their cheers and got up with some of them, and numbers were
-either bayoneted, shot, or taken prisoners. The enemy was then fairly
-driven over the bridge by which they had advanced, or forced into the
-river, where numbers were captured or drowned.
-
-Our loss was comparatively small. The brave 78th had about a dozen men
-killed and many wounded. The 20th Regiment landed during the action, and
-by an able and hurried manœuvre managed to get on the enemy’s right
-flank, and contributed much to the success of the day. Captain McLean,
-of that regiment, was the only officer killed in the battle. I shall
-never forget my horror when I beheld numbers of gallant French soldiers
-weltering in their blood and groaning in agony from the most fearful
-wounds. And here I must mention an incident to the honour and credit of
-one of our Highland sergeants of grenadiers, Farquhar McCrae, who could
-not speak one word of English nor of French. He was wounded after we had
-passed over the first line of dead and dying Frenchmen, and while
-passing through the heap of wounded one of them made him a sign that he
-wanted a drink, on which McCrae immediately turned round and made
-towards the river; but he had no sooner done so, than his ungrateful
-enemy levelled his musket and wounded him slightly in the arm. McCrae
-looked back, saw from whom the shot came, and going up to the man he
-seized his firelock, and after a struggle soon got it away from him;
-then, taking it by the muzzle, raised the butt over the Frenchman’s head
-and said, with a terrible Gaelic oath, “I’ll knock your brains out!” But
-a more generous impulse seized him; he actually went back to the river
-and brought the wretched man some water!
-
-I have heard that in Lieut.-General Sir John Stewart’s official dispatch
-concerning the battle of Maida it is stated that the bayonets of the
-contending forces actually crossed during the charge. They may have done
-so, in some parts of the line—but _so far as I could see_ they did not
-do so, and I have never heard any one who was in the action say that
-“the bayonets actually crossed.”
-
-The defeat was perfect, and the victory glorious beyond all praise. We
-remained on the field of battle burying our dead and attending the
-wounded and embarking our prisoners; then we marched for Reggio, the
-castle of which was then besieged by some others of our troops from
-Sicily, who now joined our force, except the 78th Regiment, which was at
-once embarked under convoy of the _Endymion_ frigate and destined for
-the capture of the fortress of Catrone, on the east coast of Italy. We
-arrived and anchored off that place. About a week afterwards the
-_Endymion_ took up her position within range of the fort, and all were
-ordered to be in readiness for an immediate landing. Major Macdonnell
-was sent on shore with a flag of truce and proposals to the governor of
-the fort to surrender. He returned to say that the terms were accepted.
-Some companies of the 78th were then landed near the fort, when the
-whole French garrison marched out as prisoners of war and laid down
-their arms in front of our line, being allowed to retain only their
-personal baggage, and the officers their swords. They were at once
-embarked and divided amongst our transports. The fort was dismantled and
-the guns spiked. We re-embarked, and our little fleet sailed in triumph
-back to Messina; but on landing we were ordered to Syracuse, and sent
-detachments to Augusta and to Taormina. I was with the latter, and had
-not been long there before I fancied myself in love with the daughter of
-a widow, who did all she could to encourage me and tempt me to a
-marriage by constantly parading a quantity of silver plate and jewels as
-a part of my portion; but this chance of my imaginary good luck was soon
-put an end to, for I was suddenly called back to headquarters, Syracuse,
-and there forgot my love affair.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- IN EGYPT
-
-
-Expedition to Egypt—We take possession of Alexandria—Entrapped by the
- enemy at Rosetta—A trying retreat
-
-
-IN March, 1807, we embarked as part of an expedition from Sicily under
-General McKenzie Fraser, destined for Egypt. We sailed from Syracuse on
-the 7th, arrived at Aboukir Bay about the middle of the same month, and
-found there a large fleet of our men-of-war and a numerous fleet of
-transports with the other troops of our expedition. The object of our
-force was to create a diversion in favour of Russia against the Turkish
-army in that country.
-
-On the following morning all our light men-of-war and gunboats took up
-their stations as near the landing-place as the depth of the water would
-permit. The first division of our troops were at the same time ordered
-into the different ships’ launches and towed by the smaller boats to the
-shore, a distance of at least four miles; but the weather was unusually
-fine. A considerable body of the enemy appeared on the sand-hill above
-the landing-place, but our gun-brig and gunboats soon dispersed them,
-and we landed without difficulty, except a good wetting as far as the
-knee, for the water was shallow and our boats could not get nearer than
-a few yards from the beach. The remainder of the troops followed in the
-course of the day, and landed with the same success and safety, and next
-morning the stores, camp equipage, and guns were landed without
-accident. The usual advance guard was pushed forward, and the remainder
-of the troops followed in divisions, the enemy’s advanced posts retiring
-before us, and that evening we camped, without any covering, on the dry
-sand, about six miles inland. Some of the enemy’s cavalry were visible,
-but only in small numbers to watch our movements.
-
-Next day we commenced our march for Alexandria, with very little
-interruption, beyond occasionally seeing large detachments of Turkish
-cavalry, with which our advanced guards and videttes exchanged shots and
-some volleys occasionally. Our advance to Alexandria continued much in
-the same way for a few days; we had fine weather and hot sands for our
-beds, with which we covered ourselves over. We felt well and slept very
-comfortably, and it was not till we arrived before the walls of the town
-that the enemy appeared in force and attempted to dispute our advance,
-but after a partial action and the loss of a few men killed and wounded
-we soon drove them before us and forced them to take shelter behind the
-walls of the town, and soon after the firing ceased on both sides for
-that day. We camped as before, beyond the walls of the old town, with
-our advanced piquets posted, and all other necessary precautions. It was
-found next morning that the enemy had evacuated the city of Alexandria
-during the night, and we then took formal possession, keeping most of
-our troops still in camp.
-
-A force of about twelve hundred men was now told off and detached under
-Brigadier-General Wauchope to proceed against the town of Rosetta, on
-the Nile. They arrived before that place in twelve days, in safety. The
-general marched his men right into the centre of the town without any
-opposition, not even seeing an enemy, but then, being entrapped, a heavy
-fire was opened upon him from the tops of the houses and windows,
-without even the power of returning a shot. Death and confusion
-followed. General Wauchope was amongst the first who fell dead, and in a
-few minutes nearly all his detachment were either killed or wounded, and
-those who escaped for the moment were made prisoners and with the
-wounded put to death, so that only a few escaped altogether, and these
-found their way back to Alexandria to tell the sad and murderous tale.
-
-This barbarous and butchering defeat required to be avenged, and a
-second force of about eighteen hundred men, under Major-General Sir W.
-Stewart, was told off for this service, in which my regiment, the 78th,
-was included. We marched from Alexandria late in March and arrived
-before Rosetta on the 7th of April, and on getting into position before
-the town the first thing we saw was the dead and mutilated bodies of
-hundreds of the former force. They were, of course, at once buried, and
-vengeance was the prevailing cry and feeling of the living. The late
-Field-Marshal Sir John Burgoyne was then a captain and our chief
-engineer. He at once began to throw up breastworks and other temporary
-defences for our guns and for the troops, these being partly completed
-by the next day. Some of our heavy ordnance were in battery, and
-commenced at once to shell the town; at the same time the enemy opened a
-heavy fire of artillery upon us, which was continued by both sides until
-dark. Rosetta is a walled town, known then to be strongly fortified. Our
-works were continued day and night, and additional guns got into
-position, until all were mounted and brought to bear on the town. The
-only visible good effect our cannonade produced was the cutting in two
-and upsetting of many lofty minarets of the mosques; we never heard the
-extent of their losses, but as Rosetta was full of troops and
-inhabitants, their casualties must have been very considerable. All our
-efforts failed to make any practicable breach in the walls, therefore no
-regular assault was attempted. Almost every evening the enemy sallied
-forth in large detachments of cavalry and infantry to attack our advance
-posts and picquets, but our troops of dragoons (ever on the watch) soon
-met them, and generally dispersed them; but they never gave us a fair
-chance, for they usually galloped off and got back to their stronghold
-just as we had an opportunity of destroying them.
-
-Ten days after we commenced this siege, our good, gallant Colonel
-McLeod, of the 78th, was detached with five hundred men for El-Hamed,
-some 50 miles higher up the Nile, to check any reinforcements or
-surprise by additional troops coming down the Nile from Cairo to
-Rosetta, and our own main body continued the siege much in the same
-daily routine for a fortnight longer, but still unfortunately without
-any success in making a practicable breach in the outer walls so as to
-give us a fair chance of assault. All this time we were losing many
-brave men. It was then finally determined to raise the siege as
-hopeless, and to return to Alexandria. Orders to this effect were sent
-to Colonel McLeod, with instructions to meet us on a given day and hour
-at Lake Etcho; therefore, during the night of the 20th of April our
-batteries were dismantled and all our heavy guns spiked and buried
-deeply in the sand.
-
-On the morning of the 21st our troops were under arms and formed into a
-hollow square, with a few pieces of light artillery and ammunition and
-stores in the centre. In this way we commenced our retreat for Lake
-Etcho. We had scarcely moved off when our square was surrounded by
-thousands of Turkish cavalry and infantry, howling, screaming, and
-galloping like savages around us, at the same time firing at us from
-their long muskets, but fortunately with comparatively little loss to
-us. We occasionally halted our square, wheeled back a section, and gave
-them a few rounds of shot and shell from our artillery, then moved on in
-the same good order. This was a long and trying day, and the only
-retreat in square I ever saw. It occupied us nearly twelve hours, from
-five in the morning till the same hour in the evening. The enemy, with
-fearful shouts, followed us, firing the whole of that time, but they
-never showed any positive determination to charge or to break our
-square. We were not so delicate with them, for we gave them many rounds
-from our guns, and when they ventured sufficiently near they were sure
-of more volleys than one, and we had the satisfaction of seeing numbers
-of them fall. We had few men killed, who were unavoidably left behind,
-but we were able to carry away our wounded.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- THE EL-HAMET DISASTER
-
-
-Colonel McLeod’s death and losses of his detachment—Captain Mackay
- honoured by Turkish Pasha—Return to Sicily—78th goes to
- England—Attack of ophthalmia
-
-
-WE had soon another trial awaiting us. When we got to Etcho there was no
-appearance of Colonel McLeod or his detachment, nor any message from
-him. It was therefore at once determined to march back to El-Hamet, to
-ascertain his fate; and there we received information that Colonel
-McLeod had been attacked that morning by a large force of Turks in boats
-from Cairo, and the whole of his detachment destroyed, and he, that good
-and promising soldier, was amongst the first who fell. After a short
-council of war we again wheeled about and marched back to Etcho, where
-we camped for the night. Next day we continued our retreat to
-Alexandria, where we arrived without any further molestation.
-
-Day by day several rumours reached us about our lost detachment and the
-gallant defence they made, but nothing positive or upon which we could
-rely, until the sudden appearance, six weeks afterwards, at Alexandria
-of Lieutenant Mathieson, who was one of the survivors, who now came to
-us in a Turkish dress with some proposals from the Turks at Cairo. From
-him we learnt that they were attacked most unexpectedly on the morning
-of the 21st April by a large Turkish force, who came down the Nile in
-boats from Cairo, on their way to Rosetta, and after gallantly resisting
-until more than two-thirds of their number were either killed or
-wounded, and the last rounds of ammunition expended, the remnant were
-overpowered and obliged to surrender. He also described their position
-at El-Hamet. Colonel McLeod and the main force were stationed on the top
-of a hill, and detachments of fifty, thirty, and twenty men were posted
-round the base, in the strongest possible places, with orders to fall
-back on the main body if attacked. While so posted and before daylight,
-the enemy landed from their boats, surrounded the hill, and at once
-commenced the attack. Our men fought desperately, for they expected no
-quarter, and numbers fell. Captain Colin Mackay with his grenadier
-company commanded one of the outposts, and, like all the others, fought
-heroically; but his two subalterns, McCrae and Christie, and nearly half
-his men were soon killed. He himself received a fearful sabre cut in the
-neck (from which, although he lived for many years, he never completely
-recovered) and also a severe musket wound in the thigh, both of which
-rendered him at once prostrate. But Mackay’s spirit was not gone, for he
-then ordered his few remaining men to leave him to die there, and to
-make the best of their retreat to the headquarters; but this they would
-not do, declaring to a man that they would sooner die with him, than
-leave him. Two of his remaining sergeants then got their captain on
-their shoulders and succeeded under a heavy fire in carrying him off in
-safety to the top of the hill, and there learnt that their Colonel was
-already amongst the slain.
-
-The command then devolved upon a Major Vogalson (a German); he at once
-wished to surrender, fixing his white handkerchief on the top of his
-sword, as a sign of truce to the enemy. Colin Mackay lay under a gun
-bleeding and suffering severely from his wound, but he happily still
-retained his senses, and being told that Major Vogalson wished to
-surrender he cried out, “Soldiers, never, never while we have a round
-left!” upon which they cheered him again and again, and set Major
-Vogalson’s authority completely aside; thus they actually continued to
-fight until the very last round of their ammunition was gone. The enemy
-pressed in upon them, and after a desperate struggle they were
-overpowered and obliged to surrender. The Turkish Pasha who commanded,
-then rode up and inquired, “Where is the brave man who has so long and
-so ably resisted me?” Colin Mackay, the hero of the day, was pointed out
-to him lying still in agony under a gun, on which Ali Pasha dismounted
-and, creeping near Mackay, took the sword off his own neck and shoulders
-and placed it gracefully on Mackay, saying, “You are indeed a brave man,
-and you deserve to wear my sword.” From that time and long afterwards
-(although still a prisoner) he received the most marked attentions from
-the Pasha.
-
-The few prisoners who survived were then secured, the dead were
-decapitated (and I fear many of the wounded also), and their living
-comrades were forced to carry their heads in sacks to the boats, and
-poor Colonel McLeod’s conspicuous amongst the number. Most of the enemy
-then embarked with their prisoners and their trophies and returned in
-triumph to Cairo. There the heads of the dead were exhibited on poles
-for some weeks round the principal palaces of the authorities. The
-survivors were committed to confinement, and the officers were allowed
-at large on their paroles and treated well, especially Captain Mackay,
-who continued to receive the most marked attentions from every one. In
-this state they remained nearly eight months, when, after a variety of
-negotiations, they were exchanged and sent back to join us at
-Alexandria.
-
-In another month the whole of our force left Egypt and returned to
-Sicily, far from proud of the result of our unfortunate and badly
-managed expedition. The 78th went to Messina, and, without landing, were
-ordered to Gibraltar, and on arrival there were sent direct to England.
-
-Here I must mention that during the last eight months of our inactive
-life in Egypt our troops suffered much from ophthalmia. I was for many
-months laid up from that fearful malady, from which I suffer to this
-day, as I have partially lost the sight of my right eye; many of our men
-lost one, some both eyes, and became totally blind. From that period
-until now I have been subject to occasional attacks of inflammation of
-the eyes, so bad in 1821 and 1822 that I was recommended by my medical
-attendants to apply for a pension. This I did through Lord Palmerston,
-then Secretary of War, on which I was ordered for treatment and report
-to Fort Pitt at Chatham, where for six weeks I was exposed to all kinds
-of pains and penalties. In consequence, I received a letter from Lord
-Palmerston saying that His Majesty was pleased to grant me the pension
-of an ensign, that being the rank I held when I received the injury to
-my sight. I wrote back to thank his lordship, but saying that, as the
-regulations for pensions had been changed, the amount now being allowed
-to increase with the rank of the individual so favoured, I still hoped,
-as I was now a captain, I should not be made a solitary exception to the
-rule. To this I received a reply ordering me again to Fort Pitt for
-treatment there. I remained under similar torture for another month.
-Soon after, I had a third reply, informing me that on the second report
-of the medical board His Majesty was pleased to grant me the pension of
-a lieutenant. I was then quartered in the Isle of Wight, so got leave of
-absence and went to London, determined in so good a cause to see Lord
-Palmerston in person. I was admitted, and then renewed my application
-and entreated his lordship to reconsider my case, adding that not only
-one eye was nearly gone but the other suffering much also. He was
-writing at the time and never took his pen from his paper, yet he was
-very kind and appeared to listen to me attentively; then, looking up,
-said, “I must put you on half-pay, sir, if you are so great a sufferer.”
-I said, “I hope not, my lord, while I am able to do my duty, as I have
-nothing else to depend upon but my commission.” He then smiled and said,
-“Well, write to me again, and I shall see what can be done.” I did so,
-and in due course had the satisfaction to receive a notification stating
-that under the circumstances of my case His Majesty was graciously
-pleased to grant me the pension of a captain.
-
-But to return from this long digression to where I left my early history
-in the brave 78th, I proceed to say that after finally leaving Gibraltar
-we arrived safely in Portsmouth and marched for Canterbury, a few months
-after to Chichester, and then to the Isle of Wight, where we detached in
-companies to all parts of the island. I was sent even further with a
-small detachment to Selsea barracks in Sussex, to take charge of a large
-ophthalmic depot of that station.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- THE BATTLE OF TALAVERA
-
-
-Gazetted to lieutenancy in 24th Regiment—Embarked for Portugal—Battle of
- Talavera—Wounded—Soldiers seize Spanish pigs
-
-
-I WAS not long at Selsea barracks before I wrote to the Horse Guards
-soliciting promotion, for I was then more than three years an ensign—an
-unusual period at that time. I received a sharp answer informing me that
-I ought to make my application through the officer commanding my
-regiment. This frightened me a little, for I now dreaded his displeasure
-also, for he was a perfect stranger to me. I had never seen him, having
-lately been appointed from another regiment. In a few days I regained
-confidence and made up my mind to write and tell my colonel frankly what
-I had done in ignorance of the rules of the service, and begging him to
-renew my application to the Horse Guards. I acted wisely, for a few
-weeks later I saw myself gazetted to a lieutenancy in the 24th Regiment,
-and being relieved of my command at Selsea, I joined that corps soon
-afterwards in Guernsey. This was in October, 1808; after remaining there
-till April, 1809, we embarked for Portugal to join the army under Sir
-Arthur Wellesley.
-
-After a prosperous journey I found myself again in Lisbon. The march of
-the 24th to join the army was by a route along the banks of the Tagus,
-our principal halting-places being Villafranca, Azambuja, Cartaxo,
-Santarem, Abrantes, and Portalegre. We halted a month at Santarem, where
-we were most hospitably treated by the inhabitants. There, at a large
-convent, the mother abbess paid us great attention, and not only
-entertained us occasionally with fruits and sweetmeats, but allowed us
-daily to visit the convent and see the nuns. There was a large hall or
-reception-room, where visitors assembled, in which, at the far end,
-there was a large grated window in an unusually thick wall; both sides
-of the window were barred, but sufficiently open and lighted to enable
-us to see through the adjoining room. The nuns appeared in twos and
-threes in the inner room, and in this way we chatted and made love for
-hours daily, but the gratings between us were so far apart that we could
-only reach the tips of their fingers. It was during one of these visits
-that the mother abbess sent a privileged servant to lay out a table with
-fruit and cakes, and in return for all these favours we sent our band to
-play under the convent walls every other evening. We left Santarem with
-much regret.
-
-We joined General John Ronald McKenzie’s brigade, consisting (with the
-24th) of the 31st and 45th Regiments; during the months of May and June
-we joined many other brigades and divisions of the army. Early in July
-the whole British force was concentrated and reviewed on the plains of
-Oropesa by the Spanish general, Cuesta, who proved afterwards a
-worthless man and a bad soldier, and yet he was then, by gross
-mismanagement and perhaps by the treachery of the Spanish Government,
-considered senior to Sir Arthur Wellesley. Our whole army in line at
-that review made a grand and magnificent appearance.
-
-It was now known that the French army under General Marmont was not very
-far ahead of us, and every one believed we were now concentrated and
-advancing to the attack. These reports were soon confirmed by facts;
-after a few days of marching we found ourselves on the 23rd July
-encamped near the river Alberche, with General Cuesta’s Spanish army on
-our right, the town and position of Talavera de la Reina a few miles in
-front on the opposite side of the river, with Marshal Marmont and the
-whole French army not far distant facing us. It was afterwards well
-known that Sir Arthur Wellesley fully intended to cross the Alberche on
-the following morning and attack the enemy, but General Cuesta overruled
-any such advance on the pretence that the river was not fordable. It was
-then suspected that the real reason for delay was to allow the enemy
-time to fall back on his reinforcements. On the 25th, when our advance
-was ordered and made, we found the water of the river only knee-deep; so
-we crossed, guns, cavalry, and infantry, without any difficulty, and
-heard that the French had actually retreated on reinforcements they
-expected from Madrid under King Joseph. Our main body was now halted,
-and in course of the day occupied the position of Talavera de la Reina;
-the whole of the Spanish army went on _pretending_ to watch the
-movements of the enemy, while at the same time General Donkin’s brigade
-and ours, consisting of the 87th and 88th Regiments, followed close upon
-the Spaniards with the intention of watching _them_! We halted at Santa
-Olalla, eight or ten miles in front of Talavera, and there took up a
-strong position. The Spaniards continued their advance and marched
-farther. On the following noon we were astounded by seeing the whole
-Spanish army in confused mobs of hundreds retreating past us without any
-attempt at order or discipline, shouting that the French army was upon
-us. Our two brigades immediately got under arms and formed in line ready
-to receive the enemy, without making any attempt to stop the cowardly
-fugitives, and we soon lost sight of them. We remained firm in line till
-the French came well in sight; then we gave them a few volleys and
-retired in echelon of brigades, each halting occasionally and fronting
-as the ground favoured us, giving the enemy volley after volley.
-
-This order of retreat was continued for some miles through a thickly
-wooded country. At last we got upon a most extensive plain, keeping the
-same order till the enemy affronted and opened a heavy fire, but
-fortunately their guns fell short, and we returned the fire with more
-success, and soon we saw our own gallant army drawn up in order on the
-heights and grounds near Talavera. This cheered us, and we continued our
-retreat and defence in the most perfect order. It was a most splendid
-sight; on nearing the main position of our army a considerable body of
-our cavalry advanced to meet us, and our batteries from the heights
-opened a heavy and destructive fire at the enemy.
-
-Then commenced in earnest the glorious battle of Talavera, on the 27th
-July, 1809. The enemy made several deployments of their numerous columns
-during the action, attacking with desperation almost every part of our
-extended line, but on every occasion they failed and were driven back;
-yet fresh troops were brought up, the battle raged furiously, and there
-was much slaughter on both sides. I was slightly wounded in the thigh
-just as we got into our own lines. On the morning of the 28th a heavy
-and constant cannonade was commenced, and the battle was renewed with
-more vigour. The French columns came on boldly and tried again and again
-to walk over us and break our lines, but we defied them, and at every
-assault they were driven back with fearful slaughter; then they advanced
-with fresh troops, cheering and shouting “Vive l’Empereur!” The others,
-disheartened by our determined resistance, faced about with the altered
-cry “Sauve qui peut.” The slaughter on both sides was fearful butchering
-work, and was continued by both armies the whole of that memorable day.
-Our loss in men was unusually great, and the French loss was said to be
-greater than ours. When the morning of the 29th dawned, not a Frenchman
-was to be seen! Their whole army had retired during the night of the
-28th! leaving us the victors and masters of the field of battle.
-
-A fearful and most distressing sight that field presented as we went
-over it, covered with thousands of the enemy’s dead as well as our own,
-and thousands of wounded, numbers with their clothes entirely or
-partially burnt off their bodies from the dry grass on which they lay
-having caught fire from the bursting of shells during the action; there
-were many of the wounded who could not crawl away and escape. Those who
-still lived were at once removed, and the dead were buried. We remained
-on the field of battle three days more, attending to the wounded. Having
-then received information that Marshal Soult with the French army was at
-Plasencia and advancing on us, our whole army was put in retreat towards
-Portugal by Truxhillo, Arzobispo, and Merida, leaving the wounded and
-many medical officers in hospitals at Talavera. The road taken was
-across country, and so bad that we were obliged to employ pioneers and
-strong working parties to enable us to get on. From these unavoidable
-causes and delays, our marches on many days did not exceed ten miles,
-and our provisions became very limited. We had much rain, and our men
-suffered much from sickness, fevers, agues, and dysentery; the latter
-was much increased by the quantity of raw Indian corn and wild honey
-which the country produced, and which the soldiers consumed in spite of
-every threat and order to the contrary.
-
-This retreat lasted three weeks, and I never remember seeing more
-general suffering and sickness. On crossing the bridge of Arzobispo we
-met a division of the Spanish army driving before them a herd of many
-hundreds of swine. Our men broke loose from their ranks as if by
-instinct, surrounded the pigs, and in defiance of all orders and
-authority, the men seized each a pig, and cut it up immediately into
-several pieces; so each secured their mess for that day, then again fell
-into place in the ranks, as if nothing had happened—this in open
-defiance of the continued exertions and threats of all their officers,
-from the general downwards. The Spaniards stood still in amazement,
-evidently in doubt whether they should attempt to avenge their losses,
-but they did not do so, and each army continued its march in opposite
-directions. When we camped for the night our good soldiers sent a
-liberal portion of their spoil to each of their officers, nor were the
-generals forgotten! and they, like the youngest of us, were thankful, at
-that time, for so good a mess. We continued our retreat by Elvas and
-Badajoz, then halted at various stages, and were quartered in the
-different towns and villages on the banks of the Guadiana for some
-months afterwards.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
- THE BATTLE OF BUSACO
-
-
-Army kindly received in Portugal—Much fighting with French army under
- Massena—Lord Wellington’s retreat on the lines of Torres
- Vedras—Battle of Busaco
-
-
-WE were now in Portugal, and by the kindness and hospitality of the
-inhabitants were made truly comfortable. We felt this change, for in
-Spain we were always received coolly, and got nothing in the way of food
-from the inhabitants upon whom we were quartered, whereas in Portugal we
-were received and welcomed with open arms by every one; whether rich or
-poor, these good people upon whom we were billeted always shared their
-food with us, and gave us freely of the best of every sort of provisions
-they had. Towards the end of this year (1809) the army was again in
-motion for the north of Portugal, and after a variety of marches and
-changes of quarters my division halted at Vizeu, Mangualde, Anseda,
-Linhares, and Celorico; at each of these places we had abundance of
-provisions and supplies and were, by the kindness of the inhabitants,
-most comfortable. Some time before this, the 31st and 45th Regiments
-were removed from our brigade and replaced by the 42nd and 61st
-Regiments.
-
-Our troops remained inactive till about the beginning of July, 1810;
-then we heard that the French army, greatly reinforced, was advancing
-upon us under Marshal Massena. They were checked for a time by some hard
-fighting with our advance light division, under General Crawford, also
-by continued resistance of the garrisons of Ciudad Rodrigo and Almeida.
-The former was occupied generally by Spanish troops and some Portuguese
-militia, the latter fortress by one English regiment and three or four
-Portuguese regiments, with brave Colonel Cox, of our service, as the
-governor. Both these forts resisted gallantly and successfully for a
-short time, but after a siege of a fortnight Ciudad Rodrigo surrendered,
-and in ten days more the principal magazines and public buildings in
-Almeida were levelled to the ground by a sudden explosion, killing five
-hundred troops and inhabitants and destroying the principal works and
-means of defence; in this state of confusion and terror the brave
-governor, Colonel Cox, was obliged to capitulate. It was afterwards
-discovered that this shame and sacrifice was occasioned by the treachery
-of one of the Portuguese officers, who was actually the
-lieutenant-governor of the fort, and who openly headed a mutiny of the
-garrison against the governor, Colonel Cox, aided and assisted by
-another Portuguese officer, who was the chief of the artillery, and who
-had been for some time in secret correspondence with France!
-
-The surrender of these two important strongholds encouraged the enemy to
-renew their advance, so that in the beginning of September Lord
-Wellington commenced his able and well-devised retreat on the Lines of
-Torres Vedras, within thirty miles of Lisbon. The Portuguese army under
-General Beresford and the Spaniards under the Marquis de la Romana,
-retreating on our flank for the same destination, all believed that we
-were making the best of our way to our ships for embarkation, and with
-the full intention of finally quitting the country. So secretly had the
-works of the Lines of Torres Vedras been carried on, that only rumours
-of their existence were heard, and those only by very few officers of
-high rank. It was even said that neither the English nor Portuguese
-Government knew anything positive about these works nor where they were
-constructed, and I remember well that most of our officers laughed at
-the idea of our remaining in Portugal, and heavy bets were daily made,
-during our retreat, on the chances or the certainty of our embarkation.
-But different indeed were the results, and all the world soon
-acknowledged the master-mind of our most noble and gallant commander.
-
-I have said that we commenced this retreat early in September, disputing
-the ground daily as opportunities offered, and as we were covered by our
-Light Division, these brave men had nearly all the hard work and most of
-the fighting, but, when necessary, other troops were brought up to their
-support, and occasionally to relieve them from this constant harassing
-duty. For a few days the Portuguese militia under Colonel Trant and the
-Spaniards under the Marquis de la Romana were constantly kept to guard
-our flanks. In this way the main body, by different roads, retreated in
-good order for twenty or thirty miles a day, most of the inhabitants
-leaving their homes and property and falling back in thousands before
-us, rich and poor, men, women, and children, carrying little with them
-beyond the clothing on their backs, and halting and bivouacking in the
-open fields, a short distance before us, whenever the army halted for
-the night.
-
-A month after we started, our division was suddenly moved off the main
-line of road, from the crossing of the Mondego River above Coimbra, to
-the mountain position of the Sierra de Busaco, some miles farther in
-rear of the above river and city; all the other divisions of the army
-were directed to the same point. Having scrambled up that mountain as
-best we could, our whole army was soon formed in order of battle. Below
-us was an extensive open but thickly wooded country, and there we saw
-the whole of the French army, under General Massena, advancing in many
-columns to attack us. The Sierra de Busaco is a very extensive range of
-mountains, and the main road from Coimbra, passes over the centre of it,
-to the interior; but in all the other places it is so precipitous and
-rocky, that our gallant old commander was obliged to be carried up in a
-blanket by four sergeants, for no horse could ascend there. By two
-o’clock on the afternoon of the 27th September our whole army was in
-position, our guns in battery, and our light troops thrown out in front
-for some distance. These arrangements were not long completed when the
-French, in different columns, advanced to attack, covered by clouds of
-their light troops and skirmishers. As soon as they came within range
-they commenced the battle with continued rounds from their numerous
-artillery, and our batteries returned the compliment. The skirmishers of
-both armies opened their fire furiously, and two of their columns pushed
-forward up the most easy and accessible part of the mountain with drums
-playing and endless cheers, and appeared as if determined to carry all
-before them. Our lines stood firm and retained their fire till the enemy
-came within easy range; they then gave a general volley, followed by a
-thundering, well-directed independent file firing, covered by our
-artillery, which soon made the enemy halt, stagger, and hesitate, and in
-a few minutes they were seen to face about and to retire in very good
-order. Their loss must have been great, and so was ours. At daylight on
-the morning of the 28th the battle was again renewed in a more extended
-and general way by the enemy, for they attacked simultaneously several
-points of our position; at the same time column after column was seen
-pressing up the mountain in every direction, and in one place so
-successfully, that at break of day one of the heaviest and largest of
-these actually managed to reach within a few yards of our position
-before it was seen by our troops. They were no sooner seen than received
-with a volley; yet they gallantly kept their ground, and returned our
-fire without ceasing for about half an hour; during that time neither of
-the contending lines advanced, nor gave way one inch. At last our men
-were ordered to charge; then the enemy retired, and, at the point of the
-bayonet, were driven down the hill pell-mell, in the greatest confusion,
-leaving many hundreds of their dead and wounded behind them. Their other
-minor columns of attack were repulsed in like manner. In course of that
-day the battle was again renewed, and the French were finally driven
-back, although they fought ably and with much gallantry. During this
-day’s battle our invincible and gallant Commander-in-Chief, Lord
-Wellington, pulled up with all his staff in front of my regiment, and
-dismounted, directing one of his orderlies to do the same and to hold
-his horse steady by the bridle. He then placed his field-glass in rest
-over his saddle, and for some minutes continued coolly and quietly to
-reconnoitre the enemy, and this under a heavy fire!
-
-On the morning of the 29th there was not a Frenchman to be seen. They
-had retired during the night, and were soon known to be moving to turn
-the left of our position, so as to cut off our retreat by Coimbra and
-the main road. But our “master-mind and head” was equal to the occasion,
-and in another hour the whole of our army was in retreat by a different
-route, to cross the Mondego River at and above Coimbra. This we did many
-hours before the enemy could reach us. For days we kept possession of
-Coimbra and the neighbouring banks of the Mondego, to give our faithful
-friends the inhabitants time to destroy, bury, or remove their
-valuables, and above all their provisions, lest they should fall into
-the hands of the enemy. These arrangements were made from the
-commencement of our retreat, and strictly carried out by the
-inhabitants. They left their homes and accompanied the army, taking with
-them only a few of their valuables. Before reaching Torres Vedras I
-remember seeing many of these noble patriots, rich and poor, all
-barefooted and in rags. When we finally halted they went to Lisbon.
-These arrangements were more distressing to General Massena than all the
-fighting and opposition he met with, for he was so sure of driving us
-into the sea, or forcing us to embark, that he left his principal
-magazines of provisions behind, confident of finding sufficient supplies
-in the country through which he passed. In all these hopes and
-speculations he was indeed sadly disappointed; the consequence was that
-they were sorely tried, and suffered much from their limited and always
-uncertain commissariat. We arrived at the Lines of Torres Vedras on the
-10th and 11th of October, closely pursued by the enemy, their advance
-guards and our rear troops constantly skirmishing, and causing some loss
-to them and to us; but we always found time to bury our dead and carry
-away the wounded.
-
-We had no sooner taken up our relative positions than we were surprised
-and amazed at the formidable and strong appearance of the temporary
-works in which we found ourselves, and which we soon learnt extended in
-a direct line for thirty miles from Alhandra, on the banks of the Tagus,
-to Mafra, on the sea coast, thus covering Lisbon completely, from the
-broad and deep river on one side to the wide ocean on the other, this
-line forming in most places a continuous chain of rising ground. My
-division (the 1st) was stationed at headquarters, Sobral, about the
-centre of the lines. By this happy chance we had an opportunity of
-seeing Lord Wellington daily, and of sharing his dinners occasionally,
-in our turn, for he made a point of asking the juniors as well as the
-senior officers; and dinner then, with good wine, was worth having! Yet
-upon the whole we fared very well, for we had a good and regular supply
-from Lisbon.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
- THE LINES OF TORRES VEDRAS
-
-
-Continued fighting—General Beresford knighted—English and French
- officers spend evenings together at theatres, etc. with consent of
- their commanders—Massena retires to Santarem
-
-
-THE French were up and in position along our whole line. The next day
-Marshal Massena massed the strongest of his columns in front of our most
-formidable works, and desperate attacks were made on various parts of
-our line, but these, after hours of hard fighting, were always repulsed.
-The rest of each day was spent in staring at each other and watching the
-movements of the enemy, and frequently by a heavy cannonade for hours by
-both armies. Our loss was considerable; and from the French deserters,
-who were very numerous at this time, we learnt that their killed and
-wounded far exceeded ours, and that they were suffering much from
-sickness and want of provisions. In this way we remained constantly on
-the defensive, and frequently fighting, for upwards of four months, our
-army keeping our own ground and never attempting to attack the enemy,
-and always driving them back with much slaughter whenever they advanced
-to storm or carry away any of our works. During these operations the
-Marquis de la Romana, with his division of the Spanish army, joined us.
-
-When we had been so employed for about two months, an authority reached
-Lord Wellington from England to confer the honour of knighthood on
-General Beresford, then the Commander-in-Chief of the Portuguese army. A
-general order was issued by Lord Wellington inviting one-third of the
-combined armies of England, Spain, and Portugal to assemble at the royal
-palace of Mafra, on a given day, to witness the ceremony of General
-Beresford being knighted, which stated that the Commander-in-Chief
-intended to return to his post at an early hour that night, and wished
-every officer to do the same, and concluded with an expression of his
-confidence that the remaining generals and officers of the army who were
-left at their posts would do their duty if attacked by the enemy during
-his absence. I was one of the happy ones who took advantage of this
-invitation, and at an early hour on the day named I started for the
-palace of Mafra, a distance of about fifteen miles. On our arrival there
-we found not only many hundreds of officers—English, Spanish, and
-Portuguese—but also a great portion of the Portuguese nobility, all come
-to do honour to the occasion, Lord Wellington and his brilliant staff
-amongst them; and, what was more remarkable, large masses of the French
-army not a quarter of a mile away from us, with their advanced piquets
-and sentries, were looking quietly and coolly on at our gathering, and
-although our visitors from Lisbon advanced in crowds as near as possible
-to look and stare at them in turn, not the slightest attempt was made by
-our brave enemies to alarm or disturb them. The same consideration and
-courtesy was continued during the whole of that memorable occasion, so I
-think to this day that the good feeling and understanding must have been
-previously arranged between Lord Wellington and General Massena.
-
-As soon as the whole company had arrived, as many as could be got in
-were assembled in the principal hall of the palace; then appeared Lord
-Wellington with General Beresford on his arm, followed by a numerous
-suite of general officers and Portuguese nobility, and the
-Commander-in-Chief’s personal staff. A circle was formed in the centre
-of the hall, into which all the grandees entered. His Majesty’s commands
-were then read, on which General Beresford knelt down, and Lord
-Wellington, drawing his sword, waved it over the General’s head, saying,
-“Arise, Sir William Carr Beresford,” and ended so far the imposing
-pageant. Then was opened a folding door, displaying many tables laid out
-with a most recherché dinner and choice wines for at least five hundred
-people. I was one of the fortunate ones who succeeded in getting early
-admission. Then dancing was commenced, and kept on without ceasing until
-daylight. Our popular commander danced without ever resting, and
-appeared thoroughly to enjoy himself, though he retired at midnight, and
-many followed his example; but by far the greater number remained till
-morning, much to the delight of all the lovely and illustrious donnas
-and señoras of Lisbon. The night was very dark, and many officers going
-home lost their way and got into the enemy’s lines, but on stating
-whence they came, were all treated most kindly, and at daylight were
-allowed with hearty good wishes to proceed to their respective quarters.
-
-For many weeks after this we continued in the Lines of Torres Vedras
-receiving the enemy’s attacks, and after many hard struggles invariably
-driving them back in confusion. At last Marshal Massena saw he could
-neither force our position, nor hope for any lasting success by
-continuing his efforts, so about the middle of January, 1811, being
-known to be sorely tried for supplies and provisions, he retreated with
-his army thirty miles or more, then established his headquarters at
-Santarem, the approach to which he at once fortified. We followed
-without delay and fixed our headquarters at Cartaxo, within ten miles of
-Santarem, with one Light Division in front and in sight of the enemy.
-The remaining corps were distributed on the various roads to our right
-and left, following and watching the movements of our foes; and so we
-continued for two months, without anything important being done. Our
-Light Division did make some attempt to force the enemy’s advance
-position in front of Santarem. This was a narrow causeway nearly a
-quarter of a mile long, built with stone and lime over the centre of an
-extensive bog or morass, very soft and knee-deep in water, at the
-enemy’s end being strongly fortified with numerous covering breastworks
-and guns in battery; but each attack failed with considerable loss to
-us. For some weeks no further efforts were made in this direction, for
-after a long reconnaissance it was believed that the storming and
-carrying of such a place would entail a fearful sacrifice of life. It
-was then determined to make one more effort, and the three grenadier
-companies of my brigade were told off to lead the advance of the
-storming party across the causeway. For this perilous duty we marched
-off one morning before daylight to a certain rendezvous in a wood near
-the site of our intended operations. There we found, in considerable
-numbers, masses of infantry and many guns in battery, ready to support
-us, and a part of the Light Division prepared to flank our advance, by
-taking at once the swamps and marshes, and so clearing the way for other
-troops to follow with the hope of turning both the enemy’s flanks and
-getting into their rear, while we, the storming party, at the double,
-with our powerful supports, should pass the causeway and storm and carry
-the enemy’s stronghold and batteries at the end of it. All was well
-arranged, and willing and ready were all to make the attempt; but
-fortunately for many of us, just about the appointed hour for our
-advance it came on to rain heavily, and so continued without ceasing for
-some hours after daylight. As we could no longer conceal our movements
-from the enemy, this attack was given up, and we marched back to our
-quarters without any loss, but with a good wetting. Had the attack taken
-place our loss would have been terribly heavy.
-
-The most happy feeling prevailed between our Light Division and the
-French advanced posts and garrison at Santarem. Many of our officers
-used to go by special invitation to pass their evenings at the theatre
-with the French officers at Santarem, and on every such occasion were
-treated in the most hospitable manner, and always returned well pleased
-with their visits. Of course, the sanction of the Commanders-in-Chief of
-both armies was given to this intimacy. The Marquis de la Romana died at
-Cartaxo while we were there, and was laid in state for many days, and
-buried with much splendour and all military honours.
-
-While here our “patrone,” the owner of our house, used to visit us very
-frequently. One morning, while he was present, I was sitting before the
-fire and poking with the tongs at the back of the chimney, when suddenly
-it gave way, exposing a tin box, on which “patrone” called out in alarm,
-“Mio dinhero! mio dinhero!” and at once seized it; but we insisted on
-seeing the contents, and found a considerable sum of money, the poor
-man’s all, and of course we restored it to him. When the French were
-advancing some months before, most of the inhabitants hid their
-treasures much in the same way.
-
-I was one morning taking an early walk with Lieutenant Hunt, of my
-regiment, in the immediate neighbourhood of Cartaxo, when we observed in
-a field a mule and a donkey grazing; not far off was a Portuguese
-peasant. I called him and asked to whom the animals belonged; he said he
-did not know, but that he believed they had strayed from the French
-lines, so I told him to drive them up to my quarters, and that I would
-give him a few dollars for his trouble.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
- THE LOST REGIMENTAL BOOKS
-
-
-Story of the lost regimental books and the honesty of the soldiers
-
-
-I MUST now tell a more creditable story. At this time I commanded a
-company, and had also unofficially the charge of the accounts and
-payments of another company, the captain having a great dislike to
-bookkeeping. In those days the military chest of the army was so low
-that the troops were frequently two or three months in arrear of pay;
-but the soldiers’ accounts were regularly made up and balanced every
-month, and carried forward ready for payment when money was available. I
-was then sufficiently lucky to have a donkey of my own, although before
-this I was, like most subalterns, contented to share a donkey or mule
-with another officer, for the carriage of our limited baggage and spare
-provision; the Government allowing us forage for one animal between
-every two subalterns, and one ration of forage to each captain. My good
-and trusty beast carried two hampers covered with tarpaulin, on which
-was printed most distinctly my name, “Lieutenant Anderson, 24th
-Regiment,” and in these I carried not only my few changes of clothes and
-spare provisions, but also my two companies’ books, ledgers, etc., and
-at that time about two hundred dollars in cash. We had all native
-servants at this time; mine, a Portuguese boy, was always in charge of
-my baggage and donkey. The day we marched into Cartaxo, all the baggage
-arrived in due course except mine, and for some hours we could hear
-nothing of my boy nor of my donkey. At last, about dusk, he came up
-crying, and told me he had lost my all. I waited for many days, still
-hoping to hear something of my property, but all to no purpose. There
-were no records kept of the soldiers’ accounts except the company’s
-ledgers, so I was thus, in consequence of my loss, entirely at the mercy
-of my men, and had no other course left to me but to parade my own, and
-then the other company, and explain the situation, and my confidence in
-them all, and then to take from their own lips the amount of balances,
-debit or credit, of their respective accounts. I committed their
-statements at once to paper, but of course I could not say if they were
-correct or not. I then gave up all hope of ever seeing my lost property
-again.
-
-I was advised to request the adjutant-general of the army to circulate a
-memorandum in General Orders, describing my donkey and baggage, and
-offering a handsome reward for discovery, recovery, or for any
-information respecting them. A few days afterwards I received a letter
-from a corporal of the 5th Dragoon Guards, stationed at Azambuja,
-informing me that on the very evening of my loss he found my donkey
-feeding in a cornfield near his quarters; soon afterwards, seeing two
-soldiers of the 24th Regiment, he asked them if they knew Lieutenant
-Anderson; being told that they did, he asked if they would take charge
-of the donkey, to which they willingly consented, so he gave all over to
-them, with directions to be sure to deliver them in safety. This letter
-I at once took to my commanding officer, who ordered me to go without
-delay to Azambuja to see the corporal, and ask if he thought he could
-remember and identify the men. I rode off alone through a wild country,
-a distance of twenty miles, got to Azambuja in good time that evening,
-and found the corporal, whose name I cannot now remember. He expressed
-great surprise at my not having received the things, as more than a
-month had passed since he had given them over to the two men of the
-24th. He said one was a grenadier and the other a battalion man, that he
-had not noticed them much, but thought he might be able to point them
-out. On this I went to General Sir Lowry Cole and told him my story; he
-at once ordered the corporal to accompany me back to Cartaxo. That
-evening we started under heavy rain, and rode all night. The corporal
-was a tall and powerful man, and I must confess that I felt a little
-afraid of him. The night was very dark, and the ride for many miles was
-through a long wood. I more than once thought that if the corporal was
-himself the thief he might now dispose of me without any one being the
-wiser, so I ordered him to ride some distance in front, on pretence of
-looking for the road, so as to give me time for a bolt should he turn
-upon me. My fears proved ungenerous and unfounded, for without any
-accident we arrived at Cartaxo.
-
-I reported myself to my commanding officer, who ordered the adjutant to
-parade the whole regiment in front of my quarters. This was done, and
-man after man was called in for the corporal’s inspection, then passed
-out by a back door, without any communication with those still outside.
-After about a hundred had passed, the corporal, looking at the next man
-who entered, said, “I’ll swear this is one of them.” The accused became
-at once indignant and insolent, denying all knowledge of the charge. He
-was searched, and a few dollars were found between his coat and the
-lining, but these he said he got, like most soldiers, in course of the
-war.
-
-The adjutant then proceeded to call in the remaining men; at last the
-corporal fixed his eyes on one of the men who entered, and said, “This
-is the other man; I feel sure these are the two men; I’ll swear to them
-both.” This was a private of the grenadiers, and he, like the other,
-boldly denied the charge. Both were then secured and sent under escort
-to the guard-house, and were given till twelve o’clock to make a full
-confession; if they did not, they would be brought to a general
-court-martial, and would be shot if found guilty. They both knew that
-such tragic ends were then by no means uncommon. They were also told the
-serious inconvenience and loss which their officers and fellow-soldiers
-had sustained, and if they would tell how the books could be recovered
-the commanding officer would be as easy as possible with them, and that
-Mr. Anderson did not care much for the rest of the things. But still
-they denied, swearing vengeance on the corporal. At last they saw their
-danger and sent for the sergeant-major and made a full confession,
-saying they knew there was money in the hampers, and that tempted them;
-they had led the donkey into a wood near Azambuja, tied him to a tree,
-taken the money, and buried the hampers and all their contents on the
-spot, and offered to show the place. I was ordered to march the two
-prisoners under a strong escort to the wood they mentioned, and there we
-found, still tied to the tree, the skeleton of my poor donkey, dead for
-at least a month. We began to dig, and soon came upon my long-lost and
-precious hampers, and found everything destroyed by the rain, but the
-books, though greatly injured, were still legible. We marched back to
-Cartaxo, and on arrival the prisoners were recommitted to the
-guard-house. My next care was to compare the verbal statements given to
-me by the men with the original accounts in the ledgers; and here comes
-the cream of my long story, and my reasons for going into this lengthy
-digression. To their honour, therefore, be it told, there was not
-half-a-crown’s difference between the accounts in the ledgers and those
-given by each soldier from memory, the voluntary statements of no less
-than a hundred and fifty men! I consider this a great proof of the
-general honesty and integrity of the British soldier. The two prisoners
-were brought before a regimental court-martial, found guilty, and
-sentenced to corporal punishment and to be put under stoppages of pay
-until the money taken from me was made good. The former they suffered,
-but I never got back a shilling of my money. One of them died some
-months afterwards from wounds received at the battle of Fuentes d’Onoro,
-and the other was killed by another soldier in a boxing match.
-
-We remained at Cartaxo, with the armies in the various relative
-positions which I have already described, and without any great
-fighting, until the morning of the 7th March, 1811, when we heard that
-the main body of the French army had been for some days retreating, and
-that their headquarters, under Marshal Massena, and their rear guard had
-that morning retired from Santarem.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
- THE BATTLE OF FUENTES D’ONORO
-
-
-Much fighting—We drive the enemy across the Mondego at Coimbra—Battle of
- Fuentes d’Onoro—I go into the French lines to take away the body of
- a friend
-
-
-THE whole of our troops were put _en route_ to follow them. The 1st
-Light Division and our headquarters and brilliant staff were all much
-excited, and anxious to be at them. We soon arrived at, and crossed
-without opposition, the formidable causeway and works which so long
-defied us, and which even now startled us not a little. In a few hours
-more we were passing through the now empty and deserted town of
-Santarem. We were now halted, and could not see much, but amongst the
-many signs of devastation and plunder we passed under the remaining
-walls of that once peaceful convent where, two years ago, we had spent
-many happy days and hours. Nothing now remained but the bare crumbling
-walls. The dear nuns were gone, no one knew where, most likely to
-Lisbon. The building was destroyed and plundered by the enemy, and we
-afterwards heard that such was the fate of all the convents within reach
-of the French during their advance towards the Lines of Torres Vedras,
-and that many of the nuns who had not time to escape, or who trusted to
-their religion and calling for protection and safety, were shamefully
-treated by the French officers and soldiers. Of this I can have little
-doubt, for when our advance was over, and we got settled amongst the
-inhabitants, we heard many sad stories of this description.
-
-We had not advanced many miles from Santarem when we heard the distant
-firing of our Light Division and our advanced field train, now evidently
-up with the enemy. This went on till dusk, and we then bivouacked for
-the night. Next morning we were again in pursuit, without pressing the
-enemy, rather to allow them to get away, unless they offered battle.
-Their first stand was for some hours in force in front of the village of
-Pombal. As soon as our troops got within reach they opened a heavy fire
-from a numerous artillery upon us, but our troops and guns, being now
-well up, returned the compliment with their accustomed vigour and
-interest; some manœuvring and changes of position followed on the part
-of the French, and additional troops were shown and brought into action.
-Our 1st Division was then hurried to the front to support our troops,
-and having got into action, the fight was continued with determined
-valour for some time, until the enemy began to give way, and finally to
-retreat in some confusion. We followed them till dusk, when we halted
-and took up our position for the night. For days after this we had no
-fighting, till we drove them across the Mondego at Coimbra, and by some
-other bridges and fords of that splendid river, at each of which places
-there was a great deal of fighting.
-
-The scenes of destruction and murder which we frequently passed in the
-villages and on our daily march, were dreadful. Houses and furniture
-burnt, men and women mutilated and murdered, lying about in the most
-disgusting and barbarous manner, some with their throats cut, some with
-their eyes and ears gone, and others cut up and most dreadfully exposed;
-all this for revenge, because they would not, or could not, supply the
-French army with provisions, and in the hope that these savage
-proceedings would terrify others into instant compliance. The French
-were suffering fearfully at that time from want of food, and their
-deserters to us were then unusually numerous. We had almost daily
-evidence of the former fact, for as we entered villages which they had
-left, it was an ordinary sight to see in the houses one or more dead
-French soldiers lying on the floor in full uniform, their arms still
-grasped in their hands as if asleep, also sitting in chairs with their
-caps on, and in full uniform, their firelocks standing upright between
-their legs, and quite dead; evidently they had died from want of food. I
-may mention that during our pursuit of the enemy we always took up our
-position each night in the open fields, without any covering beyond our
-blankets, and these were generally saturated with wet, for in Portugal
-rains are frequent, and dews and fogs unusually heavy during the night.
-If we remained for a few days or weeks we cut down some trees and bushes
-and made ourselves as comfortable as we could in shelters. In permanent
-quarters the army was always housed in the neighbouring towns and
-villages. When the towns and villages were deserted we were distributed
-among a number of empty houses and streets. The country abounded with
-game, especially hares, so during our idle time we were coursing or
-shooting with success. Each company cooked its own food, and divided it
-in the usual form. The officers of one or two companies messed together,
-giving and taking dinner with their friends occasionally. We arrived
-near the frontiers of Portugal driving the enemy before us, passing
-through Vizeu, Mangualde, Celorico, and Guarda, and some of the other
-villages we had occupied. The army was halted for some weeks, and many
-of the inhabitants joined us and again occupied their houses, but in all
-of these places we found the same sad evidence of the reckless
-destruction of houses and property of every description.
-
-When we reached the town of Sabugal on the Coa we found the enemy
-strongly posted to dispute our passage of that river. After a good deal
-of fighting our Light Division forced and carried the bridge, and a
-general engagement for some hours followed, with much slaughter on both
-sides. In the evening the enemy gave way and continued the retreat. It
-rained fearfully during the night. In the fields which my brigade
-occupied we were up to our ankles in mud. It was one of the most trying
-nights we ever had; our men suffered so much from the wet and cold that
-two or three were found dead on the ground when the assembly sounded
-next morning. Massena halted his army again in the neighbourhood of
-Ciudad Rodrigo and Almeida, in both of which fortresses he had a strong
-garrison; there he was allowed to remain unmolested for some months
-longer. We in like manner halted, and were put in quarters in the
-different villages in advance of the Coa, my brigade being comfortably
-housed at Alfaiates, and while here we enjoyed ourselves much in field
-sports and coursing. Headquarters were again near us, and Lord
-Wellington mixed frequently with us in the chase. Our quartermaster got
-sick about this time, and I was appointed to do his duty, which gave me
-an opportunity of improving my Portuguese. About the last week in April,
-1811, the army was again put in motion to the front. Early on the
-morning of the 3rd of May we came in sight of the French army posted in
-order of battle in and beyond the village of Fuentes d’Onoro. The
-weather was beautiful, and both armies fought without either gaining any
-decided advantage. On that day the casualties on both sides were
-numerous, when night stopped the battle. Next morning at daylight it was
-renewed, and continued at various intervals in various parts of the
-line, until again checked by darkness. On the following morning, the 5th
-of May, it began again in earnest, and was more formidable and general,
-the numbers of killed and wounded and prisoners on both sides being very
-considerable. Upon the whole the French gained ground upon us, where my
-brigade and divisions were posted, and drove us from the village of
-Fuentes. This occurred about midday, and the weather being unusually
-hot, a suspension of hostilities was agreed upon for the purpose of
-carrying away the wounded and burying the dead.
-
-I had charge of one of the fatigue parties sent on this service, and
-passed at once over to the village of Fuentes, then in possession of the
-enemy, from which they had driven us. We were received most kindly, and
-proceeded at once to our work of burying the dead and removing the
-wounded. This was continued for only an hour, when the bugles of both
-armies sounded “To arms!” on which the French troops near us immediately
-fell in, shouldered their arms, and taking off their caps, gave us three
-cheers. We at the same time, shaking hands with some of them, made off
-as fast as we could back to our own lines, and there, forming in order
-of battle, took off our caps and returned the same hearty good cheers.
-Then, and not until then, was a shot fired by either of the contending
-parties, and the battle again commenced with more vigour than ever, and
-continued with fearful slaughter until night.
-
-Amongst our losses on that memorable day was a very dear friend of mine,
-Lieutenant Edmond Kelly Ireland, of the 24th Regiment. I was with him
-when he fell, and I knew where to find him. He was equally well loved
-and regretted by all his brother-officers, and Lieutenants Moorsoom and
-Pell and I, after a talk, determined to go at once to the French lines
-to claim his body; so, accompanied by two of our soldiers carrying a
-blanket, and without leave, we moved boldly off to the French side until
-stopped by one of their sentries. We answered “English officers,” on
-which he ordered us to stand still, then turned out his guard, or
-picquet. A French officer and a dozen men then advanced, and asked who
-we were and what we wanted, and being told we came to request to be
-allowed to look for and claim the body of an officer and friend of ours
-who fell that day on their ground, our brave foe said at once,
-“Certainly, gentlemen; give me up your swords and I shall be happy to
-conduct you wherever you wish to go.” We accompanied him under escort to
-his bush hut. He spoke freely and kindly of the battle, boasting a
-little that they had driven us off so much of the ground and from the
-village. He gave us a glass of brandy and water and biscuits, then said,
-“Gentlemen, I shall now conduct you where you like,” so off we went to
-the spot where I knew poor Ireland fell. We soon recognized him amongst
-heaps of slain; he was lying on his back stripped of all his clothing.
-
-He was shot right through the head, and must have died at once. We
-placed him in the blanket and carried him back with us, returning as we
-came, by the French officers’ bivouac, there receiving our swords. In a
-quarter of an hour more we were safely back in our own lines, without
-having been missed. Our next work was to dig a grave, and that being
-damp and watery, we opened another in a higher ground, and there we laid
-our dear and much-lamented friend. Our doings soon became known; some
-one told all to our colonel, who at once assembled all the officers, and
-gave us a most severe lecture, pointing out to us how improper and
-imprudent our conduct was, and how difficult it would have been, if we
-had fallen into the hands of a dishonourable enemy, to prove that we
-were not deserters, and we were cautioned not to attempt any such folly
-for the future. Later, we were told by one of the senior officers that,
-although obliged to reprimand us, no one thought more highly of our
-conduct than our good Colonel Kelly. We fully expected to renew the
-fight on the morning of the 6th, but to our surprise and satisfaction,
-as that day dawned not a Frenchman was to be seen. They retired beyond
-our reach during the night, and so ended the battle of Fuentes d’Onoro,
-fought on the 3rd, 4th, and 5th of May, 1811.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
- IN SCOTLAND
-
-
-On sick-leave in England—In Scotland—Journey of seventy miles in
- twenty-four hours on foot after a ball—Appointed to assist at
- brigade office, 1813—Appointed captain and brigade-major in the York
- Chasseurs
-
-
-WE remained a week or more in the neighbourhood. The whole army was then
-again put in motion towards the south-east of Portugal, in consequence
-of the state of affairs previous to the battle of Albuera, under Marshal
-Beresford. The weather during a part of this march was very wet and
-stormy; our army suffered much from fever and ague. I was myself amongst
-the number, and was attacked so severely that after some days’
-suffering, without any covering or shelter, I was ordered to the rear
-and then on sick-leave, in December, 1811, and I arrived in Plymouth in
-January, 1812.
-
-My leave was for six months, which enabled me to visit my father and
-friends in Scotland. I was ordered to join the depot of my regiment at
-Maldon, in Essex, and soon after I was sent with a recruiting party to
-Dornoch, in my own native country. Lieut.-General Sir David Baird was
-then the colonel-in-chief of my regiment, and he thought that by sending
-me with a party to the Highlands I might find some countrymen for his
-regiment; but in this both he and I were disappointed, for I remained at
-Dornoch four months and never got a man. I was now ordered to leave my
-recruiting party with an officer of the 21st Regiment and to proceed to
-the Isle of Wight to embark for India to join the first battalion of my
-regiment. This most unexpected official letter reached me while actually
-at a public ball; but I determined to enjoy myself for at least one
-night, so danced away till six in the morning, then went to bed and
-slept till nine, when I started on foot on a journey of seventy miles
-(two-thirds of which was over Highland moors and mountains) without even
-a path to guide me; but I was then young, and, moreover, I fancied
-myself in love, and that gave me heart and vigour to push on. In the
-last forty miles I was obliged to have a guide, and having walked the
-whole of that day and night, I completed my journey in twenty-four
-hours. I may also mention that my lady-love was at this time the
-acknowledged belle of all the country, but for various reasons our
-courtship ended in nothing beyond a sincere and friendly feeling, even
-to this day. I found another official letter countermanding my orders
-for India and directing me to return with my recruiting party and rejoin
-the depot at Maldon. Six weeks after this the remains of my regiment
-returned from Portugal and were quartered at Chelmsford, in Essex, and
-there we joined soon after.
-
-General W. P. Acland commanded the district, and soon ordered an
-inspection of the regiment. When he came to the companies’ books he was
-so much displeased with the irregular and imperfect manner in which they
-were kept that he found fault with all except Lieutenant Anderson’s
-books, and ordered all the officers to be confined to barracks until our
-lieutenant-colonel could report that the books were properly posted and
-ready for his final inspection. This was a great triumph for me, and
-much good, as I shall presently show, came out of it; for in about a
-month England was sending a considerable force to Holland, and amongst
-the staff for that service General Acland’s brigade-major was included.
-On the following day I was actually marching off in charge of our
-barrack guard, when an orderly arrived to say the general wished to see
-me at once. Another unfortunate officer was then crossing the barrack
-yard with his gun on his shoulder, going with others on a shooting
-excursion, but as he was next for duty he was ordered to get ready at
-once to take my place in charge of the guard, much to his annoyance. I
-repaired at once to the general’s quarters, and on being shown in he
-said, “My brigade-major has been ordered away, and I want you to come
-and assist me at the brigade office until a successor is appointed.” I
-thanked him, and said I should be most happy to attend and do my best.
-He then took me to the office and made me copy some returns; in course
-of the day he looked in, examined my work, and ordered me to come to him
-every morning. Here I must mention that beyond dining with him
-occasionally in my turn with the other officers of the garrison, I knew
-nothing of General Acland, nor he of me; but now, being nominally on his
-staff, I used to ride with him and dine with him more frequently, and so
-began to feel myself a great man, for I had much to do, having no less
-than six regiments and depots in the district, the reports and
-correspondence all passing through my hands; and my responsibilities and
-duties were increased by the general’s frequent absence in London and
-other places, on which occasions he always authorized me to act in his
-name and to carry on all correspondence and duties as if he were
-present, except that if any unusual thing occurred, or any official
-letter arrived requiring his opinion and decision, I was to forward all
-such matters to his address, which he always left with me. I was also to
-keep his absence a secret from every one. In this way I got on most
-happily, when one morning he asked me, “How long have you been in this
-service, and what service have you seen?” I told him, and that my first
-battle was under him, as commanding my brigade at Maida. This seemed to
-surprise him, for he was not aware of my having been at Maida. He then
-said, “Bring me a memorandum in writing of your services.” I did so on
-the following morning, without suspecting what use he was going to make
-of it. Conceive, then, my joy and surprise in seeing myself a fortnight
-afterwards gazetted as captain of a company in the York Chasseurs. Of
-course, I thanked my benefactor with all my heart and soul; but he only
-said, with his accustomed kindness, “You deserve it, and I hope you will
-get on.” This was not all, for he next applied to the Horse Guards to
-have me permanently confirmed as his brigade-major; but that was refused
-on the ground that I was appointed to a new regiment where experienced
-officers were immediately required, and therefore I must join at Sandown
-barracks in the Isle of Wight with as little delay as possible. Still,
-he kept me for some weeks longer with him. At last the time came when I
-was obliged to leave. He then asked me to write to him occasionally, but
-he lived only for three years after. I did write repeatedly, and as
-often heard from him, and it is in fond and grateful acknowledgment of
-my much-lamented friend that I gave my dear son the name of Acland. Had
-I never seen General Acland I would not have been a captain for ten
-years or more.
-
-On joining the York Chasseurs at Sandown barracks I was pleased at
-finding the officers a fine set of young fellows, all promoted from
-other regiments for their services or strong family interest.
-Lieut.-Colonel Coghlan was a smart, experienced officer, very kind to
-all, but a strict disciplinarian; and as there was no end to our
-parades, we soon became a most efficient regiment, and the most united
-and happy corps of officers I ever knew.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
- VOYAGE TO BARBADOS
-
-
-Portsmouth—Guernsey—Sail for Barbados—Honest Henry—Frightful
- storm—Adventure at Funchal
-
-
-I HAD the good fortune to see at Portsmouth the Prince Regent of
-England, the Emperor of Russia, the Emperor of Austria, the King of
-Prussia, the Duke of Wellington, Marshal Blücher, Marshal Beresford,
-Lord Hill, Lord Combermere, Prince Esterhazy, Contezoff, and many more
-distinguished English and foreign officers, all in uniform, and covered
-with their brilliant stars and orders. This was immediately after the
-first occupation of Paris and the declaration of peace. It was a
-glorious day, and all the world was there to see them. A few months
-afterwards we embarked for Guernsey, and remained there till October of
-the same year, when we embarked for Barbados.
-
-Our residence in Guernsey was more than usually gay. There were several
-other regiments of the line stationed there at the same time, and the
-people of the town and neighbourhood were more than hospitable, for we
-had constant dinner-parties and public and private balls. The young
-ladies were more than usually numerous, and very many of them very
-beautiful. In such a society, and with such luring temptations, it
-cannot appear a matter of wonder that most of our young men were, or
-fancied they were, desperately in love; and to encourage our pretensions
-our kind and ambitious colonel (who was himself a married man) at every
-ball slyly hinted to the elderly ladies and mothers, as his officers
-passed near, “That is the nephew or cousin of Lord So-and-so,” and “That
-is a young man of considerable property in the West Indies,” and so on,
-in the most seductive manner, until he made us all out to be men of
-substance and wealth. How far this marvellous information was believed I
-know not, but it did not in any way lessen the continued friendship and
-hospitality which we invariably received. Every evening after dinner
-carriages from our friends assembled in front of our messroom, and as
-the constant use of these caused many of us to be absent from parades on
-the following mornings, with the consequent displeasure and reprimand
-from our colonel, we used to allow them to remain stationary for some
-time after the appointed hour for our departure, knowing well that our
-colonel (who lived opposite our messroom) was watching us all the time,
-and that, although he did pitch into us for being absent from his
-parades, he was nevertheless as anxious for our enjoyment and fun as we
-were ourselves; therefore we pretended to show no desire to be off,
-until this mock indifference brought our kind commander over and in
-amongst us, saying, “Gentlemen, gentlemen, you are late: why are you not
-off?” On this one of our captains (Parker), who was for many years
-private secretary to his Royal Highness the Duke of Kent and a man of
-courteous address, used to get up and say, “Really, colonel, you are
-very good, but we have determined not to go to any more parties for fear
-of being late for parades in the morning.” Then he would answer, “Pooh,
-pooh! d—n the parades; you must all go—you must all go.” And so we
-started for our rooms and dressed and were off as usual. So long were
-our dancing and parties continued that most of us were again absent from
-parade the following morning. Our colonel still continued to send
-sergeants to town to look for us, and to say he wished to see us
-immediately. Soon after that, Captain Parker followed alone to smooth
-the way and to prepare for our reception. This he effectually did by his
-well-timed excuses and his courteous manner, so that when we arrived in
-barracks the colonel was so perfectly satisfied that he only said he was
-glad to hear that we enjoyed ourselves so much. This was latterly almost
-an everyday occurrence, and I mention it here to show how happy young
-men may be under a good and kind colonel.
-
-But all things must have an end, and so had our fun in Guernsey; for, as
-I have already said, we all embarked in October for Barbados, leaving
-our sweethearts and friends without coming to any positive understanding
-as to the future. On our voyage we called at the Cove of Cork, where we
-remained for some days, and were then joined by the 40th Regiment in
-transports, bound for the West Indies and finally for New Orleans, and
-here our good and much respected friend Colonel Coghlan left us and
-retired on half-pay.
-
-I was at this time in command of one of our transports, and here must
-notice an instance of true honesty that occurred. Being tired of
-visiting the Cove, I agreed with some officers to take a run up to Cork
-for a day or two; but, before leaving my ship, I gave orders to the
-senior officer not to allow any of the men to go on shore. On my return
-to the Cove I met some of the officers, who told me that my servant had
-deserted, having got leave to land on the pretence of taking my clothes
-to be washed. This alarmed me not a little, for I had then between three
-and four hundred pounds belonging to the troops and to myself in one of
-my trunks, in dollars and doubloons, and as I entrusted my servant, whom
-I had long known, with my keys, I now made sure all was gone; I hurried
-on board and found the door of my cabin locked, and, inquiring for the
-key, an officer handed it to me, saying my man Henry gave it to him with
-a request to let no one have it except his master, should I return
-before he did. I instantly opened my cabin, and the first thing I
-observed was my bunch of keys hanging by a piece of twine from the top
-of the berth; I seized them with a trembling hand and heart, and
-instantly opened the money trunk, and on counting my bags and treasure,
-to the honour of poor Henry be it told, not one dollar was missing.
-Poor, honest Henry was never afterwards heard of by me, and I was glad
-he had secured his escape, for had he been captured and brought back he
-must have been severely punished.
-
-We finally sailed from the Cove of Cork escorted by a line-of-battle
-ship and two small men-of-war, and for a day or two made good progress;
-but we were then caught in a severe gale, right against us, and after
-struggling for a day or two the sign was made by our commodore to return
-to “port in view,” namely Bantry Bay, on which all the fleet put about,
-and, led by the line-of-battle ship, steered direct for that safe and
-splendid anchorage, which is very extensive within, but narrow and
-dangerous at its entrance, so that not more than one ship can enter with
-safety at a time. As we were passing in, one of our fleet, the _Baring_
-transport, with the 40th Regiment on board, got so near the rocks that
-she struck, and immediately after went broadside on, and finally became
-a total wreck. My ship followed in her wake and passed within fifty
-yards of the stranded vessel, and it being then early in the day, it was
-most distressing and heart-rending to see the sufferers all in confusion
-crying for help, which from our position it was quite impossible to
-render, for we were obliged to run in, in order to save ourselves. So
-was every other ship as she reached and entered the same narrow passage.
-But the men-of-war and other vessels which had got safely into the bay
-soon sent their boats to the rescue, and all the soldiers and crew,
-excepting about fifteen wretched men, women, and children who were
-drowned in their hurry to jump on the rocks, were saved, but the ship
-and nearly all the baggage and cargo were lost. I remember as we passed
-the ill-fated ship seeing an officer’s wife standing and screaming on
-the poop, her infant in her arms, and with no covering beyond her
-nightdress; I heard afterwards that the child fell out of her arms and
-was drowned, but she herself was saved. The survivors were encamped on
-the beach for some days, and then were divided for a time amongst the
-other transports, on which the whole fleet again returned to the Cove of
-Cork to charter another vessel for the sufferers.
-
-About a week after that we sailed once more for our destination. The
-weather was fair and beautiful until we arrived off Funchal, in Madeira,
-and thence we had a dead calm. Some of my brother-officers from another
-ship came on board, and being, as we supposed, close in to the town, we
-proposed after dinner to go on shore. We had a lieutenant of the navy as
-agent of transport in charge of us. As he made no objection to our
-landing (believing the calm would continue until the following morning)
-our captain consented, and ordered two boats to be manned, so eight of
-us started on the clear understanding that we should return by daylight
-next morning. Our sailors, who were promised all sorts of drinks and
-rewards, pulled most heartily, but the distance to the shore proved much
-further than we expected, and a dark night overtook us; but still we
-pushed on, and the brilliant lights in the town cheered us. At last we
-reached the beach and found a heavy surf running in, and none of us knew
-the proper place for landing; but the sailors, undaunted, assured us
-there could be no danger, so one of the boats (not mine) took the lead,
-and was no sooner in the surf than she was instantly upset and all her
-passengers were seen struggling in the sea; but after a good ducking
-they all got safe on shore, and also managed to secure their boat.
-
-My sailors wanted to try the same risk, but I would not allow them.
-Seeing a shore battery near us, we approached, and were challenged by a
-Portuguese sentry, and answered, “English officers, who request to be
-allowed to land.” This the sentry refused, and said his orders were to
-allow no one to land. My knowledge of the language was now of some use
-to me, and after talking to the sentry quietly and kindly and promising
-him a dollar, the brave man suffered us at once to step on shore, and
-showed us the way to the town. There we found our friends, still
-dripping wet, but with some good wine before them. After refreshing
-ourselves a little, we went to look after our boats and sailors, and
-found all safe. We then gave them sufficient money to make them
-comfortable, and urged them to leave one man at least as sentry over the
-boats. This they promised to do, so we returned to our hotel, determined
-to have our fun also. Soon after this the weather from a calm suddenly
-changed to a strong wind and heavy rain, which continued to pour without
-any change during the whole night. This damped our follies, but we were
-up and at our boats before daylight next morning. These we found all
-safe, but not a sailor to be seen anywhere; and when daylight appeared
-not one of our ships was in sight. This was truly distressing and
-alarming, but we had still hopes of seeing and overtaking our fleet, for
-beyond the town, and in our course, a long promontory of land projected,
-sufficient to conceal our ships from us, even if they were close behind
-that obstruction.
-
-Without further delay we searched for our sailors and eventually found
-them, but in such a state and humour from drink that they positively
-refused to go to their boats, or any farther with us, saying that we all
-had been dry and enjoying ourselves, while they were left hungry and wet
-watching the boats. All our coaxing and entreaties had no effect, and
-they got worse and worse and even insolent. At last large promises of
-grog and money when we should reach our ships made some impression on
-the best of them, and after many more oaths and much grumbling, the
-others at last consented to go with us, still believing our ships could
-not be far beyond the distant point. Our next care was (having had no
-breakfast) to get some cold meat and bread and a couple of kegs of good
-wine. Our boats were then launched, and off we started with three
-cheers. It took us two good hours to pull round the point; then came our
-great fear and alarm, for although the wide ocean was then clear as far
-as the eye could reach, only one solitary ship was to be seen, and that
-nearly hull down, in our direct course. Here the sailors again declared
-they would not go one yard farther. Much conversation and many arguments
-followed, and for a time we did not know what to do. To go back to
-Funchal would be our ruin, and risk perhaps our commissions; moreover,
-all our money was gone, and as we were strangers we did not know where
-to get more. At last great promises were renewed, and after another and
-another tumbler of wine our mutinous crew consented to try to make the
-ship in sight. Fortunately the weather was moderate, and we had a light
-breeze in our favour; by good luck, also, we had a few empty bags in our
-boats, which were intended to carry off some vegetables to our ships;
-with these the sailors managed to rig out some sails fixed upon oars;
-this assisted them very much in their pulling, yet with all their
-struggling and endless swearing it was not till four in the afternoon
-that we managed to reach the ship, which we hoped to be our own, but,
-alas! we were again disappointed, for she proved to be an American
-whaler; but we were received most kindly, and provided at once with a
-good dinner.
-
-From her deck another ship was in sight, about ten miles distant, which
-the American captain assured us was one of our own convoy, and that he
-had observed her all day, as our fleet went by, trying to remain as much
-as possible behind, on the pretence of making repairs. This was
-cheering, if we could but get our men to take again to their boats. At
-last we prevailed, and off we started, the American captain giving us a
-small cask of water and some rum to cheer us; and at seven o’clock that
-evening, after a trying exposure and fatigue of eleven hours, we reached
-the sail in sight (which proved to be our ship) in safety, thankful
-indeed for our escape from the tremendous danger to which we had so
-foolishly exposed ourselves. Had it come on to blow hard at such a
-distance from the land, the chances were that we must have perished or
-been starved to death from want of provisions. When we got on board our
-fleet was just visible ahead from our decks, and it took us two days
-under all sail to make up with them.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
- ST. VINCENT AND GUADELOUPE
-
-
-Life in Barbados—I am appointed acting-paymaster—President of a
- court-martial—Deputy judge-advocate—At St. Vincent—Expedition to
- Guadeloupe—Appointed deputy-assistant quartermaster-general and sent
- to Guadeloupe
-
-
-WE had no more mishaps during that voyage, and got safely to Barbados on
-December 14, 1814. We landed on the following morning, and occupied St.
-Anne’s barracks, and the same evening dined with the officers of the
-80th West India Regiment. None of us had been in the West Indies before,
-so that everything was new to us. Nothing attracted my notice so much as
-the imposing display of well-dressed negro servants who attended at
-dinner; most of them were boys, but very efficient and up to their work.
-The lights, all in glass shades (for all the windows were open), were
-also more than usually brilliant, and the dinner and wines excellent. As
-to dessert, it was in profusion, with countless fruits which we had
-never before seen. We spent, indeed, a happy night, and our first
-impressions from all we saw, and the kindness and hospitality with which
-we were received, gave all a charming and contented hope of a continued
-happy residence in the West Indies.
-
-There were no less than four more regiments of the line in Barbados at
-that time, so that each succeeding day we were more and more entertained
-and feted. The garrison was then very healthy, and we began to think
-ourselves in good quarters and the climate not quite as bad as all the
-world represented it to be. For weeks and weeks we got on very well, and
-without much sickness. At last a gradual change took place, and we began
-to lose men daily, and soon the numbers increased, the prevailing
-complaint being yellow fever, which also attacked the other regiments in
-garrison. We were the last comers, and lost considerably more than any
-of the other regiments. Amongst our dead was our paymaster, Captain
-Thompson. His death occasioned a committee of paymastership to be
-appointed, of which I was the junior member, and as the others disliked
-the work, I engaged, with the consent of my commanding officer, to do
-all, and consequently I got the whole of the allowances, namely, nine
-shillings per day in addition to my pay. I also continued to do my
-regimental duties.
-
-About this time I was appointed president of a garrison court-martial.
-The case was one of much difficulty and complicated evidence, but we
-got through it, and the proceedings were forwarded to Major-General
-Robert Douglass (then Adjutant-General to the Forces in the West
-Indies and commanding the garrison), by whom they were at once
-approved, and nothing more was heard on the subject till a fortnight
-later, when, to my surprise, I saw my name in General Orders as deputy
-judge-advocate-general! I immediately wrote to General Douglass
-thanking him for the appointment and stating that I should endeavour
-to fulfil the duties to the best of my powers. On the following
-morning I received the more than flattering answer as follows:—
-
- “SIR,—In appointing an officer to perform the important duties of
- Deputy Judge-Advocate it was my duty to select a competent one, and
- I am satisfied I have done so.
-
- “I have the honour to be, etc., etc., etc.,
-
- ”ROBERT DOUGLASS,
-
- “_Major-General and Adjutant-General_.”
-
-The first case for trial in my new appointment was unfortunately that of
-a captain of my own regiment (for being drunk on duty). He was found
-guilty and cashiered, but strongly recommended to mercy on account of
-his former services, and this recommendation from the court induced His
-Majesty to allow him to retire from the service by the sale of his
-commission. After this I had occasion to see General Douglass
-repeatedly, but, as he was a very reserved man and at all times a very
-strict disciplinarian, I had no intimacy with him then beyond our formal
-meetings; however, as I shall hereafter show, we became intimate soon
-afterwards.
-
-The York Chasseurs were removed to the island of St. Vincent, and we had
-not been many months there under our new Lieut.-Colonel Ewart, when
-General Orders reached us from headquarters (Barbados) detailing an
-expedition then ordered from the various islands in the command to be
-immediately formed to proceed against the islands of Martinique and
-Guadeloupe, and to rendezvous in the first instance at the small group
-of islands called the “Saints.” The York Chasseurs were included and
-attached to Major-General Campbell’s brigade, and all the staff
-appointments were filled except that of brigade-major. Our senior
-captain at this time was Holland Daniel, a distant relative of Sir Henry
-Torrens, then Adjutant-General to His Majesty’s Forces at the Horse
-Guards, and from whom my friend Holland Daniel brought out letters to
-our Commander-in-Chief, Lieut.-General Sir James Leith, who was also an
-officer of some service with the 61st Regiment in Spain and Portugal, so
-that when the General’s orders appeared with the staff vacancy which I
-have named, Captain Holland Daniel made sure he would be the fortunate
-man to fill it. In a few days our transports arrived, and we embarked
-and sailed for the appointed rendezvous, and there found a considerable
-number of troops already arrived; and several ships-of-war, with the
-admiral and Sir James Leith, and other transports with troops were
-standing in. As soon as we got to anchor Colonel Ewart went on board the
-admiral’s ship to report his arrival, and on returning in his boat we
-observed him standing up and waving a paper over his head. We at once
-believed this to be good news, and on reaching the deck he said:
-“Anderson, you are the lucky man; you were appointed major of brigade,
-but in justice to myself and my regiment I have been obliged to object
-to your leaving me, and I have done so, with the assurance to the
-Commander-in-Chief and to General Douglass, who recommended you, that no
-one rejoiced more than I at your good fortune, and that I objected to
-your leaving me solely on the grounds of your being one of the few
-officers of my regiment who ever saw service, and to whose experience,
-therefore, I attached the greatest importance, as we were now sure of
-going into action. I told the Commander-in-Chief that I had the highest
-opinion of you as an able and intelligent officer, and that I should be
-willing to part with you when the fight was over should his Excellency
-then see fit to give you any other staff appointment.”
-
-All this was very gratifying, yet very galling, for staff appointments
-are not so easily had, but I could not do less than thank him for his
-good opinion and patiently bear my fate. Ewart saw my distress and said:
-“Come, I must take you on board the flagship and introduce you to the
-Commander-in-Chief.” So off we started, but on getting on board Sir
-James Leith was so engaged that he could not see me, but General
-Douglass received us, and Colonel Ewart went again kindly over his
-objections and said much more to please and flatter me. General Douglass
-said that I must remain for the present with my regiment, and that he
-was glad to hear such a good report of me. We then took leave and
-returned to our own ship.
-
-During that and the following day the whole of the troops of the
-expedition arrived, and about the same time a frigate came from England
-bringing the news of the battle of Waterloo, the abdication of
-Bonaparte, and the restoration of the Bourbon dynasty to the throne of
-France. This great and astounding news was at once dispatched under a
-flag of truce by the admiral, Sir Charles Durham, and Sir James Leith to
-the respective governors of Martinique and Guadeloupe, with the earnest
-request that they would at once acknowledge and show their loyalty to
-Louis XVIII, their now reigning King, and thus put an end to our
-intended hostile proceedings and useless effusion of blood. The governor
-of Martinique at once acknowledged the sovereignty of the Bourbons, and
-hoisted the white flag, but General Boyer, of Guadeloupe, returned an
-answer that he did not believe one word of the news, and that he was
-determined to fight for his Emperor and to resist to the last.
-
-On the following morning, the 9th of August, 1815, our armament sailed
-from the Saints in two divisions for Guadeloupe, the main body of the
-force under the Commander-in-Chief for Grande Ance Bay, and one brigade,
-consisting of the 63rd Regiment and York Chasseurs under Major-General
-Douglass, for Bailiffe. In a few hours the whole were landed in safety
-at these places respectively. Our landing at Bailiffe was opposed by a
-considerable number of French infantry, but we had a man-of-war with us,
-which covered our landing and cleared the beach for a sufficient
-distance to enable us to get on shore safely. The enemy formed again at
-a little distance inland, and there we at once attacked them, and
-finally drove them before us till they reached Basse Terre and got under
-the protection of the batteries of Fort Matilda, beyond which we took up
-our position for the night, expecting to be joined by our main body next
-day. In the course of this day we lost some men, but no officers except
-Captain Lynch of the 63rd. The main body of our troops was also opposed
-on landing, and constantly during this march of two days from Grande
-Ance to Basse Terre, but their casualties were not numerous, and they
-joined us in safety at the expected time. Guns were then put into
-position, and they began battering the town, the fire being ably
-returned from Fort Matilda. Preparations were at the same time made by
-us for storming, and when the proper time arrived a flag of truce was
-sent in, giving the enemy the choice of surrendering without risking any
-further additional loss of life. This the governor refused, but the
-French general officer, who was next in authority, at once complied. He
-hauled down the tricolour and hoisted the white flag, acknowledging all
-as prisoners of war. The 63rd and some more of our troops marched in and
-took possession, the French garrison having first marched out under arms
-and laid them down in front of our main force, which was drawn up in
-line ready to receive them. The French troops, as prisoners of war, were
-formed in separate divisions and marched back to town into separate
-places of confinement until ships were ready to receive them, which
-finally took them back to France. The officers were allowed to retain
-their swords, and both they and the men were allowed to keep their
-private baggage. The governor, General Boyer, was nowhere to be found,
-till after a long search he was discovered concealed in a wine-cellar,
-determined to the last to uphold the honour of his Emperor. Of course,
-he was treated with every kindness, and was sent with the others to
-France.
-
-A week afterwards the whole of our troops were re-embarked and went back
-to their former quarters in the different islands, except the 25th
-Regiment, which was left to garrison Basse Terre and Guadeloupe, and the
-latter was now made the headquarters of the British troops in the West
-Indies. I returned with my regiment to St. Vincent and continued my
-additional duties as acting-paymaster, expecting nothing better for some
-time. In a few weeks the General Orders arrived, and to my great delight
-and surprise I read: “Captain Joseph Anderson, of the York Chasseurs, to
-be Deputy-Assistant Quartermaster-General to the Forces, and to repair
-forthwith to Headquarters, Guadeloupe.” I was indeed proud of my
-extraordinary good luck, and so was Colonel Ewart, and as a mark of his
-regard he made me a present of a handsome staff sword, which he had
-himself worn for many years in a similar appointment. I soon handed over
-my company and my accounts as paymaster to officers appointed for those
-duties, and availed myself of a passage in the very first vessel that
-started for Guadeloupe, and arrived there safely.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
- DOMINICA
-
-
-Sent to Dominica—A fatal foot-race—I give up appointment and rejoin my
- regiment at St. Vincent—An awful voyage
-
-
-COLONEL POPHAM, of my old regiment, the 24th, was then
-deputy-quartermaster-general and the head of my department. He was
-always on the staff, and had not served much with the 24th during my
-time, so that I was very little known to him; but he received me most
-kindly, and set me at once to work in his office at correspondence and
-various public returns, which gave me a good idea of the duties. Thus I
-continued more than a month, until at last, being considered up to my
-work, I was sent off to Point à Pitre, thirty miles from Basse Terre, to
-take the sole charge of that station, or rather of the duties of the
-department, for there I found Colonel Brown as commandant with his 6th
-West India Regiment. A more charming man and able officer I have seldom
-or ever met. I became a member of the mess, which was well conducted and
-most comfortable. Although we had little society at Point à Pitre, I
-found enough to do, and spent my time very happily there for some
-months.
-
-I was then suddenly ordered to hand over my charge to Captain Killy
-Kelly, of the 6th West India Regiment, and to proceed to Roseau, in the
-island of Dominica, to take charge of the department there, and I found
-the change a very agreeable one. The governor at the time, Colonel
-Maxwell, was a most kind and hospitable man, and I lived within a few
-yards of Government House. There was a very extensive and pleasant
-society amongst the residents and settlers in the town of Roseau and its
-neighbourhood. Parties and dinners were frequent, and I enjoyed them
-very much; but, alas! our greatest pleasures are subject to change, and
-ours had a partial check which proved very distressing to many. I was
-dining with a large party at Government House, and amongst the guests
-was a Dr. de Ravière. The conversation turned on foot races, and he
-boasted much of his powers and success in that line. I had had some
-experience in running also, and asked him what odds he would give me in
-a thousand yards. He declined giving any odds, and so we agreed to run
-equal for two hundred dollars. A place and day was at once appointed. At
-the given day and hour (three in the afternoon) no less than four
-thousand people had assembled, lining each side of the road we were to
-run. Tents and marquees were pitched for our dressing and for
-refreshments. Amongst the spectators were Dr. de Ravière’s two lovely
-sisters. We soon appeared, both dressed in flannel, and the word being
-given we started. I allowed him to lead for twenty yards, then pushed
-on, and for a few yards we ran abreast; then I passed him, increasing my
-advantage. He (in trying to overtake me) fell down, and became for a
-time almost insensible. He was carried home and put to bed; fever soon
-followed, and next day he was dead. In the absence of a medical man a
-Major Jack undressed me and put me into a tub of rum as a bath, then to
-bed, giving me a mixture of brandy and porter till I became almost
-unconscious, and finally fell into a sound sleep, from which I did not
-awake till next morning. I was free from fever, but was confined to my
-bed for that and the following day, and was kept ignorant of the fate of
-Dr. de Ravière for some days longer. It was indeed a foolish frolic to
-attempt to run a thousand yards in such a climate and at such an hour.
-
-I remained at Roseau for some months after, with an excellent house and
-good allowances, amounting in all to more than double my regimental pay.
-Early in 1817 orders arrived from England for the removal of the York
-Chasseurs from the Windward and Leeward Islands to Jamaica, a distinct
-and separate command. I was then written to, officially, to say that my
-staff appointment would be continued if I exchanged into another
-regiment within that command, but if not I must follow the York
-Chasseurs to Jamaica in command of a detachment of the regiment still
-remaining at St. Vincent. This was a serious step for me to decide on,
-and I took some days before I finally made up my mind. I was then the
-second captain of my regiment, and to exchange into another would place
-me at the bottom of the captains, and yet my appointment was a most
-important and lucrative one, and such as I might never again hope to
-enjoy. For days I was quite undecided and did not know what to do, but
-at last I thought the least risk and the best chance of promotion was to
-give up my appointment and to follow my regiment. I wrote to the
-adjutant-general (my friend General Douglass) accordingly, and in due
-course I saw my name in General Orders directing me to hand over the
-charge of the quartermaster-general’s department and to join a
-detachment of my regiment at St. Vincent.
-
-The first opportunity was from Barbados, from which island I knew I
-could readily get a passage to St. Vincent. I left Dominica in a small
-colonial schooner, the _Johanna_, commanded by a mulatto and manned
-exclusively by negroes. Our captain knew nothing of navigation, but was
-in the habit of making this voyage successfully by taking his departure
-from Point des Salines, in Martinique, and steering direct east, against
-the trade winds, for a day or two, to clear the islands, and then due
-south, with a man at the mast-head to look out for Barbados, which is a
-very high land. In clear weather it is seen at a distance of fifty-nine
-or sixty miles, but we had thick fogs and much rain, so that though we
-cruised about with a man constantly at the mast-head for some days, we
-could nowhere discover the island nor any other land. In despair our
-captain turned back before the trade winds, sure of making some of the
-islands, from which he could again take a fresh departure. About sunset
-we recognized Martinique, and on the following morning Point des Salines
-once more, from which we again took our departure; but that effort
-proved worse than the former, for on the second day we were opposed by a
-fearful hurricane, which carried away both our masts, and left us a
-helpless, unmanageable hulk in a wild and terrible sea. Our situation
-became indeed most fearful and alarming. The sea was constantly breaking
-over us, and wherever there was any opening it rushed in tons below,
-until the cabin, where I was alone, was completely flooded by many feet
-of water. All the crew except the captain gave up in despair, and shut
-themselves up below, crying and moaning all the time. The captain
-manfully kept to the deck, lashing himself to the tiller ring-bolts. In
-this perilous situation we continued for two days and one night,
-expecting every moment to be our last, for our ill-fated barque, being
-under no control, was tossed about at the mercy of the raging seas. We
-gave up all hope—then, recommending ourselves to Providence, we expected
-every moment to founder. In this awful and long-continued danger I must
-confess my mind was much troubled about a few hundred pounds which I had
-on board with me, in doubloons and dollars, and which I sorely grieved
-to think my sister would now lose. On the second day of this hurricane a
-sail appeared in sight (or rather a vessel under almost bare poles). It
-soon passed near us, and our captain managed to show his ensign on a
-spar upside down, expecting that the stranger would try and come to our
-assistance; but instead of doing so, he hoisted his own flag reversed,
-and continued his course. Although this was an English man-of-war, she
-was in such distress and danger in this heavy gale and raging sea that
-it was quite impossible for her to come near us or to render any help.
-
-Towards the evening of the following day the storm moderated, and by
-great exertions our people managed to rig up something like a jury-mast,
-on which they hoisted one or two of the smaller sails, and we bore away
-before the trade wind, sure of making some of the islands which we knew
-must be to leeward. In the evening land was seen ahead, but the sea was
-still running so high that our captain was afraid to go too near it, and
-so kept an offing as he best could until next morning. Then at daylight
-we steered for the land; in a few hours we were satisfied that it was
-the island of St. Lucia, and about noon we got to the anchorage, with
-our lives at least in safety, and truly thankful, indeed, for our
-marvellous escape from death. I took my final leave of the schooner
-_Johanna_ and landed at once, and here I found my friend General
-Douglass acting-governor of the island. I dined with him, and on the
-following day, with his advice, took my passage in a small vessel bound
-direct for St. Vincent, where I arrived in safety, and took command of
-the detachment of my regiment, then under orders for Jamaica.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
- AN AMUSING DUEL
-
-
-Jamaica—Return to England—York Chasseurs disbanded—Trip to France—An
- amusing duel
-
-
-I HAD not been many days at St. Vincent before the papers announced that
-no less than sixteen vessels had foundered in the late hurricane, and as
-none of the crews were heard of it was taken for granted that they must
-have all perished. I soon afterwards left St. Vincent with my
-detachment, and after a pleasant voyage arrived in safety at Port Royal,
-Jamaica. On the following day I landed and joined the headquarters of my
-regiment at Stony Hill barracks. The change from staff to regimental
-duties I did not much like, but there was no help for it. I found myself
-again associated with my gay and happy brother officers, with Major
-Dumas in command, Colonel Ewart having gone on leave. Some months
-afterwards four companies of the regiment were detached and sent under
-my command to Falmouth, Montego Bay, Marroon Town, and Savanna-lamar, my
-station being at the former of these places. Our barracks there and at
-all the other stations were very good and we enjoyed ourselves very
-much. For nearly two years we were quartered in that part of Jamaica. My
-orders were to visit each detachment occasionally, which I did
-repeatedly, not solely as a point of duty, but also for my own
-amusement.
-
-About the month of March, 1818, our senior major arrived from England
-and took command of the regiment at Stony Hill; Major Dumas joined us at
-Falmouth, and relieved me of my charge. I now began seriously to think
-of a trip to England, for my health was not particularly good and I
-required a change. On consulting our assistant-surgeon, he advised me to
-apply for a medical board, so I wrote officially to Major Dumas, who
-forwarded my application to the deputy adjutant-general at headquarters,
-Kingston, and by return of post I was advised to repair to Stony Hill,
-to appear before a medical board. I made that journey, a hundred and
-twenty miles overland, on horseback in four days. I appeared before the
-board, who, without asking me any questions, recommended me for twelve
-months’ leave of absence to England. We sailed from Port Royal early in
-April, and touched at Havana, where we remained ten days, shipping at
-night (contrary to the laws of the port but with the connivance of the
-governor) thousands and thousands of dollars and doubloons on account of
-merchants in England, upon which our admiral and his senior officer had
-a large percentage. We left Havana, and arrived in England early in May,
-1818, after a most agreeable passage. The admiral and his captain were
-particularly jolly, and very kind to us all; the former had the officers
-of the wardroom daily at dinner in their turn, and entertained us with
-his numerous stories; among other things he told us he had made a
-hundred thousand pounds during his three years’ command on the Jamaica
-station.
-
-Again in England, and with my health much improved by the voyage, I
-endeavoured to enjoy myself as much as I could. About December, 1819, I
-heard that the York Chasseurs were ordered from Jamaica to Canada, to be
-there disbanded, consequent upon the general peace which followed the
-battle of Waterloo and the great reductions in the British army. Soon
-afterwards I received an official letter informing me that I was to
-consider myself on half-pay in three months from that date. This was
-indeed bad and most unexpected news for me, but I endeavoured to make
-the best of it, consoling myself with the hope of getting employed again
-as soon as possible by an appointment to some other regiment, and in
-this mind I returned soon afterwards to London, determined to see what
-chances I had at the Horse Guards. After waiting some time I attended
-the levée of the Military Secretary, Lieut.-General Sir Henry Torrens,
-and stated my case, and my anxiety to be employed. He received me with
-his usual consideration and kindness, and directed me to write to him on
-the subject. I did so in due course, and soon received his answer saying
-that on my stating my readiness to proceed to Sierra Leone I should be
-appointed to a company of the 2nd West India Regiment. I immediately
-wrote back saying that my health was still very indifferent, from my
-services in the West Indies, but that rather than forfeit all hopes of
-employment I would proceed to Sierra Leone, should his Royal Highness
-the Commander-in-Chief wish me to do so. This was a decision forced on
-me, and anything but satisfactory to my feelings, so with fear and
-trembling I watched every succeeding gazette which appeared for the next
-month, expecting to see myself appointed to the 2nd West India Regiment,
-but to my joy no such notice appeared then or afterwards, and I again
-began to breathe freely and hope for something better.
-
-Months of idleness passed in London, and as I was afraid to appeal again
-to the Horse Guards for a time, I determined to go at once to France to
-study the language, for I well remembered how much inconvenience I had
-suffered while in the French island of Guadeloupe from not being able to
-speak French fluently. Fortunately, at this time I was in correspondence
-with a dear friend and brother officer, Lieutenant Wharton of the York
-Chasseurs, and I persuaded him to accompany me to France. Having made
-our arrangements, we left London early in 1820 for Southampton, where we
-took our passages in a sailing mail packet for Jersey, and from thence
-to St. Malo in Brittany, and there, for the first time, I found myself
-in “la belle France.” Next morning we went up the St. Malo river, in a
-passage boat, for about twenty miles to Dinan, and having procured good
-lodging, we remained there for nearly a month, then started on foot,
-determined to make easy stages in the same way until we reached Nantes.
-After our second day’s travelling we found ourselves tired and done up,
-so we rested a day, and on the following morning took our seats in the
-diligence direct for Nantes. Here we managed to get most comfortable
-lodgings with a widow named Fleury and her two pretty daughters, who
-provided us with our breakfast in our own English fashion. We became
-members of a most excellent table d’hôte, where we met many French
-officers belonging to the regiment then in garrison, and with whom we
-soon became intimate, for we told them we were officers, and had had the
-honour of having been opposed to them.
-
-In February, 1821, I returned to London, stopping for a few days _en
-route_ with a friend at Boulogne-sur-Mer. This was Dr. McLaughlin, whom
-I knew in Portugal as a staff assistant-surgeon, who attended me while
-sick at Lisbon. His name being now before me, reminds me of him as a gay
-young fellow who, one morning at Lisbon, went to visit another assistant
-staff surgeon named McDermot, who was not at home when he called, but he
-saw his landlady, a handsome young widow, and, if the account be true,
-he attempted to kiss her; at least, so she told her lodger on his return
-home. McDermot at once called on McLaughlin and begged him to make her
-an apology. This he refused, saying he took no improper liberties, and
-saw no necessity whatever for an apology, and laughed at the very idea
-of being asked to make one. They were good friends and spoke and argued
-at first as such, but soon they both got very angry and excited, and
-McLaughlin, having a whip in his hand, forgot himself, and actually
-struck the other more than once with it, and then told him he was ready
-to give him any satisfaction he required. Dr. McDermot then left him,
-and McLaughlin came to me and told me the whole story, and that he, of
-course, expected a challenge at once, and begged I would go out with
-him, as his friend.
-
-I was then lying in bed, far from well, but I consented on the
-understanding that he would allow me to use my own discretion in all and
-every way. While we were talking, the hostile message was brought by an
-officer, an Irishman, whom I found very stubborn and unreasonable then
-and afterwards; we talked over the affair, and I used my best endeavours
-to try and bring the matter to an amicable conclusion, admitting that my
-friend had committed himself most seriously, and was truly sorry for
-what he had done, and was ready and anxious to make the most ample
-apology; but the Irishman would not hear of anything less than a
-meeting, and said that nothing less would satisfy his friend or himself.
-It was finally settled that they should meet at a given place next
-morning, and with this understanding the obstinate Irishman left me. I
-now sent for McLaughlin and told him all that had passed, and that he
-must be prepared to go with me at the appointed hour next morning. He
-was quite cool and collected, and then left me, as he said, to arrange
-his papers and settle his affairs. He afterwards told me he was so
-employed during the best part of the night, and he also gave me certain
-instructions in case of anything happening to him. We kept our
-engagement punctually, and we found the others waiting for us with a
-medical man in attendance. After some talk and a toss up, it fell to my
-lot to measure the ground (twelve paces), to see the principals into
-their places, and to give the word or signal to fire; but I had
-previously told McLaughlin to allow McDermot to fire first, then to fire
-his own pistol in the air, thus showing he had given his adversary the
-chance to shoot him, and by this action admitting himself to be in the
-wrong; all this my friend agreed to, and promised to do.
-
-When they had taken their places I asked, “Are you ready?” and on being
-answered “Yes,” I said, “Present,” and so kept them for a few seconds,
-when I dropped my handkerchief as the signal to fire. McDermot fired and
-missed my friend, who instantly afterwards fired his pistol in the air.
-I stepped forward to McDermot’s friend and said, “Gentlemen, I hope you
-are satisfied?” The Irishman answered, “Certainly not, they must go on.”
-I endeavoured in vain to convince him that the rules of honour were
-satisfied, that his friend had had the chance of shooting mine, and that
-mine had fully acknowledged himself in the wrong by firing his pistol in
-the air. Dr. McDermot appeared to agree with me, but said he must leave
-all to his second; but the Irishman became more and more excited, and
-said he could not be satisfied until they had another shot or two. I
-then said, “Well, sir, it must be you and I to go on, for I cannot
-suffer these gentlemen to go any further; so come on.” This worked a
-marvellous change, and my brave Irish boy soon became cool and
-reasonable; finally, we all shook hands and returned to Lisbon, and had
-a comfortable breakfast together in a café. This was the first and only
-duel I ever was concerned in, and yet in my early days duels and hard
-drinking were frequent evils, and considered by many to be both
-necessary and unavoidable.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
- CHASED BY A PIRATE
-
-
-Appointed captain in the 50th Regiment—Embark for Jamaica—A terrible
- storm and a drunken captain—Return to port—Sail again with another
- captain—Ship chased by a pirate—Jamaica once more
-
-
-IN April, 1821, I again attended the Commander-in-Chief’s Military
-Secretary’s levée. Sir Henry Torrens was still in office, and when I
-told him of my anxiety to be employed he asked me where I would like to
-serve. I said, “Jamaica above all other parts of the world”; he then
-directed me to write to him to that effect. I did so next day, and three
-weeks afterwards had the pleasure of seeing myself appointed captain of
-a company in the 50th Regiment, and I soon received an official letter
-advising me to join the depot of the regiment in the Isle of Wight,
-which I did in the month of July following. I remained doing duty there
-for nearly twelve months, and it was during that period that I had a
-severe attack of inflammation of the eyes, which induced me to appeal to
-Lord Palmerston for the second, and last time, for my pension. We
-embarked for Jamaica in the hired ship _Echo_, but were detained by
-contrary winds in Cowes harbour for a fortnight. The captain had his
-wife on board during our detention, and we were so much pleased with his
-manner and polite attentions that we invited him to become our guest
-during the voyage (for in those days officers so embarked provided their
-own messing), and all went on well until a fine fair wind enabled us to
-sail: the captain then landed his wife, and from that hour and for ten
-days after he was never sober.
-
-During this time the mate took charge, but in a few days we were met by
-a fearful gale right against us, and every hour and day it became worse
-and worse. Our captain still remained beastly drunk and most
-troublesome, every now and then throwing handfuls of silver, and some
-gold, amongst the soldiers on deck, allowing them to scramble for it,
-and when spoken to by any of us, swearing and damning and calling out
-that we were all going to Davy Jones’s locker together.
-
-The gale at last increased to a hurricane; the captain then became so
-troublesome that the senior officers present (Captain Powell and I) went
-officially to our commanding officer, Colonel P——, and advised him to
-confine the captain to his cabin, and to order the mate to take the ship
-back to port, as the sailors were already done up and grumbling. Colonel
-P—— was a good and kind man, but without energy or resolution, and he
-declined to interfere or to take any such responsibility on himself. We
-urged and urged our request, as the lives of all were in danger, but
-still finding Colonel P—— would not do anything, we insisted on having
-his leave to act, so that we might ourselves carry out his orders. He
-then said, “Well, boys, just do as you like.” We then at once forced the
-captain off the deck into his cabin, and told him he must consider
-himself under arrest. He got very violent, and swore he would not be
-kept a prisoner by any one. Then we got him down again and placed two
-sentries in his cabin, with orders not to suffer him to go on deck. We
-next went to the mate and told him that his captain was a prisoner for
-habitual drunkenness and neglect of duty, and that he (the mate) should
-at once take the ship into port. This the honest sailor refused to do;
-he could not, he said, act without his captain’s orders, that he would
-be dismissed by the owners and ruined if he did so. We reported
-accordingly to Colonel P——, who at once declined further responsibility.
-The gale continued without any visible change; many of our sails were
-blown away, the weather became very thick and dirty, our sailors were
-done up and discontented to a man, yet the mate would do nothing. He
-confessed the crew were overworked, but that he could not help it, and
-dared not go back. In this state we got through another day and night,
-and next morning found ourselves at daylight all but on shore on the
-island of Alderney, with only enough sea room to clear the rocks ahead
-of us, on which we must have been wrecked, had not the morning’s dawn
-happily come in time to save us.
-
-When clear in the open sea, we again urged the mate to bear away for the
-nearest harbour, but he still refused, urging his former reasons. We
-then begged him to parade the whole crew on the quarter-deck, that we
-might know their opinions. This he did, and the gallant fellows to a man
-declared they could not possibly work any longer, and urged us, for the
-safety of all, to put up in some harbour. For days we had made no
-observations, but being satisfied it was the island of Alderney we saw
-that morning the mate had no doubt of our whereabouts. We now went to
-Colonel P—— (who seldom left his cabin, for he had his wife and a young
-lady, Miss C——, with him), and we urged or rather insisted upon his
-signing a written order which we had prepared, directing the mate at
-once to take the ship back to the nearest port, telling Colonel P—— at
-the same time the danger we had escaped, and the result of our parade of
-the crew. As before, he resisted for some time all responsibility, but
-at last we got him to sign the order. Then followed difficulties with
-the mate, and it was not until we threatened to put a sentry over him
-that he consented, and gave the order to bear away and steer for Torbay.
-At four on the same evening land was reported ahead, and by sunset we
-were close in, and hoisted a signal of distress, which soon brought us a
-pilot boat, which boarded us and at once took us safely to anchor,
-thankful for our escape from destruction.
-
-I now recommended Colonel P—— to report all that had occurred to us to
-the different authorities in London, and to state the necessity which
-obliged him to take all the responsibility and to act as he did. Poor
-man! he became more than ever confused, and said that he would be ruined
-and brought to a court-martial. I tried all I could to convince him, and
-he asked me to write the reports in his name, and said that he would
-sign them if I did so. I dispatched them at once, for fear of his
-altering his mind, and he soon received an answer approving of all he
-had done, and thanking him for his most able and judicious conduct.
-
-On the same day the owners came down from London, bringing another
-captain with them. It was then found that the ship had suffered much,
-and carpenters and shipwrights were sent from the dockyard at Plymouth
-to examine and repair her. The owners were so pleased with the
-assistance which the soldiers gave the sailors during the gale, that
-they made the former a present of two tons of potatoes. It took more
-than a fortnight before the _Echo_ was again reported fit for sea.
-During that time we amused ourselves landing and making excursions daily
-to different parts of the country, and in this interval Colonel P—— had
-a second letter, saying that our application for additional allowances
-for our losses during the storm was under favourable consideration; this
-enabled us to replenish our sea-stock, and to make due provision for our
-future comfort. We sailed again with a fair breeze, and in due course
-reached Madeira, where we remained for some days, landing frequently and
-enjoying ourselves much in that gay town.
-
-From Madeira we soon got into the trade winds, and had delightful
-sailing, without any extraordinary occurrence, till we got off the
-island of St. Christopher, when one morning the captain came and roused
-us all from our beds, saying we were being chased by a pirate. This was
-startling news, for we had heard that these seas were full of pirates,
-and that they seldom showed mercy to any one. Our ladies and soldiers’
-wives began crying and moaning at once, for they expected nothing less
-than our utter destruction. Most of us hurried on deck in our
-night-dresses, and there saw a clipper brig bearing down upon us under
-all sail, about fifteen miles distant. Our captain still trusted that
-she might be a man-of-war, but when she fired a gun there was no doubt
-of her being a pirate. We returned in great excitement to our cabins and
-dressed with all dispatch. I then, as the next senior officer, went to
-Colonel P—— to report our situation, and to request his orders as to
-what we ought to do, and begged him to come up at once. His wife got
-alarmed, and he merely said he could do nothing; but at last told me,
-“Just do as you like.” I returned on deck and consulted with the
-captain, who observed that it was useless to attempt to run away, as the
-stranger was gaining fast upon us, and had fired another gun to bring us
-to. Although we had about ten officers on board and about two hundred
-soldiers, all these were recruits, and we had not one stand of arms
-belonging to the troops nor to the ship. However, we decided to make
-some appearance, and ordered the soldiers to dress in their red coats
-and caps, to remain ready below, but not to move, till ordered on deck.
-Meantime the captain furled every sail, except his three top-sails, and
-with these and his colours flying he continued running easily before the
-wind. We could clearly see with our glasses the well-known pirates’
-flag, blue with a white death’s-head, flying from the fore top-mast head
-and the decks crowded with men. Captain Fraser determined to continue
-our course till the pirate was all but on board of us, then to bring our
-ship sharp round to the wind, and our men to run up and show themselves
-in line under our bulwarks, with the officers flourishing their swords,
-to show we were all ready for action, expecting by this sudden manœuvre
-that the pirate would be right aboard or alongside of us before he had
-time to take in his crowd of sails, and, if so, that we might then have
-a chance of grappling and boarding him, when our numbers might give us
-some advantage; but we were no sooner round and brought to the wind than
-our adversary, as if by magic, had all his extra sails down, and was
-round to the wind as soon as we were, showing a splendid broadside of
-nine guns and a crew of no less than eighty men.
-
-We were now within a few hundred yards of each other, and expected every
-minute a shot amongst us. Nothing was done for about ten minutes; the
-pirate then lowered his boat, and sent her fully manned to board us. Our
-captain said she must come to our leeside, and that our only chance was
-to secure them. This we agreed to do, and at once to dress one of their
-men in one of our sailor’s clothes and to hang him up at our peak, so as
-to make the pirate believe that his men had taken possession of our
-ship. This was a desperate resolution, but as we expected no quarter
-from them we had no choice but to make the most of our perilous
-situation. Just as the boat came under our stern a signal of recall was
-made from the pirate, and the boat at once returned to the brig. We
-continued to look with additional anxiety, expecting every moment to see
-the boat come back, but for another ten minutes nothing was done, and
-our captain then ordered our ship to bear away and continue our course,
-so as to see what the pirate would do, and whether he would fire and
-bring us up again. But he thought better of it and allowed us to
-continue our course in peace, seeing no doubt that we were only troops
-and that he could not expect much booty from us. During the whole of
-this time Colonel P—— never left his cabin. His wife was crying and
-sobbing the whole time, and all his endeavours were to comfort her. Of
-the officers then present, only General Gallaway and myself are now
-living, and on that occasion Gallaway proved himself to be a promising
-young soldier, for he volunteered to lead the first boarders, should we
-succeed in grappling with the pirate.
-
-We reached Port Royal in Jamaica a week afterwards, and at once reported
-our adventures to the admiral, Sir Edward Owen, and from the description
-our captain gave of the pirate our naval officers knew him well, and had
-often given him chase in vain. Two or three men-of-war were now sent to
-look for him, but returned in a few days without seeing him. Dozens of
-pirates, of various classes, were at this time cruising in these seas,
-and had made many captures, plundering and burning their prizes, and
-barbarously ill-treating and murdering their victims. We had a large
-naval force on the Jamaica station at this time, and they captured many
-of these lawless pirates, who were at once tried, and in every instance
-found guilty and sentenced to be hanged. I attended some of the trials
-and saw many of these daring fellows, who were plucky to the last, for
-they did not deny but actually gloried in their calling. They were men
-of all nations, but principally Italians and Spaniards. We landed on the
-following day at Kingston, and our different detachments of officers and
-men joined their respective regiments, viz., the 33rd, 50th, and 92nd.
-
-The English mail which left England after us arrived at Port Royal some
-time before we did, and Colonel P—— found a letter waiting for him from
-the Secretary of War authorizing him to draw £80 as compensation for
-lost sea-stock during the gale already recorded. He therefore called a
-meeting of the officers who arrived in the _Echo_, and on our assembling
-read the letter, and proposed dividing the money amongst us, claiming
-three shares for himself—that is, for himself, his wife, and Miss C——. I
-said, “No, colonel; you only subscribed one share of our additional
-expenses, and you may remember that when we agreed to purchase extra
-provisions at Torbay we, the officers, declined to allow Mrs. P—— or
-Miss C—— to contribute one shilling to that expense.” On this he got
-very angry and said, “Well, Captain Anderson, I’ll bring you to a
-court-martial for attempting to obtain money under false pretences.” I
-answered, “Very well, sir; I believe you signed these letters.” He was
-thus settled, and most completely put about, and then said, “By G——! I
-think you are right”; so ended our dispute, and the money was divided
-share and share alike to each of us.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
- LIFE IN JAMAICA
-
-
-Appointed deputy judge-advocate—Sir John Keane—An interesting
- court-martial—Sent with a small detachment to Port Maria—Awful
- outbreak of yellow fever
-
-
-MAJOR-GENERAL HENRY CONRAN commanded in Jamaica at this time, and the
-billet of deputy judge-advocate being vacant by the death of Captain
-Tonge, the general, knowing that I had formerly held this position, at
-once appointed me to the office. This gave me additional work, and
-considerable increase of pay. About a year afterwards Major-General Sir
-John Keane succeeded General Conran, and he retained me still in the
-appointment. As he was a most uncertain man, my work was trebled, for he
-never hesitated to bring officers and men to court-martial, even for the
-most trifling offences. Here, in justice to myself, I must notice that I
-often told him so, but all to no purpose, for he was always obstinate,
-and would have his own way. I may give one instance. Some officers of
-the 90th had met together one evening in one of the rooms, and two of
-them got into an altercation, followed by strong and improper language,
-which induced the senior officers present to place them both under
-arrest and to report them next morning to their commanding officer,
-Major Charlton. He ordered a court of inquiry at once before himself in
-the messroom. Among the witnesses then examined was the paymaster,
-Captain Micklejohn, a truly noble fellow, who stated all he could
-remember of what took place on the previous night between the offending
-officers. He then left the room, but on getting outside and talking to
-some other officers (who were waiting to be examined) and stating the
-substance of his evidence to Major Charlton, one of them remarked, “But
-did you say so-and-so?” “Oh no, I entirely forgot that, but I shall
-instantly go back and state it.” Micklejohn then begged to be allowed to
-add to his former evidence, but his commanding officer would not hear
-him, and desired him to retire. The offending officers, Major W—— and
-Ensign P——, were brought to general court-martial, and both were found
-guilty and sentenced to be cashiered. The sentences were approved by his
-Majesty, but in consideration of former services and the recommendation
-of the court they were ordered to be severely reprimanded and to return
-to their duty.
-
-My reason for writing all this is that before the same general
-court-martial Paymaster Micklejohn was arraigned for conduct unbecoming
-an officer and a gentleman, in withholding, at a court of inquiry by his
-commanding officer, evidence which he afterwards gave on oath before a
-general court-martial. I was the judge-advocate on these trials, and I
-used every endeavour and argument to convince Sir John Keane and Major
-Charlton of the injustice and cruelty of bringing an officer, and one of
-known character, to public trial on such charges, especially as he had
-returned voluntarily to his commanding officer at once, to offer the
-evidence which he had forgotten at the moment, thus proving that he did
-not willingly nor with any intention of screening the offenders withhold
-his evidence in the first instance. I also pressed upon them the
-difficulty, nay, the impossibility, for them to repeat word for word the
-conversation during our own interview; but all was to no purpose: they
-would not listen to reason, and so they determined he must be tried, and
-exposed to all the disgrace and annoyances of a general court-martial.
-He was tried, and the inquiry clearly showed that he did give evidence
-on oath before a general court-martial which he did not give at the
-court of inquiry. But it was distinctly proved that he did willingly,
-and at once, return with a free offer of that evidence, which was
-declined by his commanding officer. The court therefore found him guilty
-of not giving the full evidence before the court of inquiry which he
-gave before the general court-martial, but, under the circumstances
-which were so clearly shown as to the cause of the omission, the court
-acquitted the prisoner of all blame, though he was to be slightly
-reprimanded. This was no more than we all expected, and I told Sir John
-Keane before the trial that this and this only could be the end of it. I
-could name other instances equally frivolous and provoking; it is
-sufficient to say that very many others suffered through him in much the
-same way.
-
-For the first two years of this my second visit to Jamaica I enjoyed
-very good health, and yet we had a considerable amount of sickness
-amongst the troops generally, and several of my friends of the good ship
-_Echo_ died. As far as keeping away from the influence of the sun and
-living very temperately, of course I took every care of myself. Towards
-the close of the second year the negroes got very troublesome and
-insolent to their masters on the north side of the island, and on one or
-two occasions attempted to commit murder at a station called Port Maria.
-A company was generally, and for years, stationed at this place, but in
-consequence of the unusual mortality amongst the troops they were for
-some months withdrawn, and the barracks were deserted and allowed to
-fall into decay. During the above troubles the proprietors and
-inhabitants of Port Maria made repeated applications to the governor,
-the Duke of Manchester, for a detachment, and his Grace referred their
-application to Sir John Keane; but the latter resisted on the plea that
-the station was considered by the chief medical officers so unhealthy as
-to be totally unfit for European soldiers, and, in proof of this,
-repeated how constant and great was the mortality on every former
-occasion when troops were stationed there. The inhabitants then said
-that the sickness and deaths which had taken place were all owing to the
-men being allowed to wander about the country and to get drunk at all
-hours. These statements and appeals were at last listened to by Sir John
-Keane, and he ordered a captain, two subalterns, and fifty picked, sober
-men from my regiment to be at once embarked for Port Maria, with a
-medical officer. This order was instantly carried out, and I was the
-unfortunate captain named for this duty. The morning for our embarkation
-I was sent for by Sir John Keane, who gave me the most strict orders
-about keeping my men constantly employed by drills and marching out in
-the mornings, and in the barracks during the days as much as possible,
-and above all I was to keep them away from all chances and temptations
-of drinking. He impressed upon me that I could have no excuse for
-intemperance or irregularities, as all my men were picked and sober
-soldiers from the different companies of the regiment. He desired me
-further to report to him by every day’s post the state and health of my
-detachment.
-
-All the previous reports we heard of this place damped our courage from
-the first, and both officers and men considered our present duties and
-chances very much like those of a forlorn hope; but on finding our
-barracks newly done up and painted, and in every way most comfortable,
-our fears almost vanished, and every succeeding day for a fortnight
-found us all more and more contented, so much so that we began to wish
-we might be allowed to remain there as long as we were to serve in
-Jamaica. In this mind and spirit I continued my daily reports to Sir
-John Keane, showing that we had not a man in hospital, and the men and
-officers were most happy and contented. We really were so, though our
-only society was the Rev. Mr. M—— and his family. With him I spent many
-happy hours, for I soon discovered that during the Peninsular War he was
-one of the Duke of Wellington’s principal spies, with the rank of
-captain in the army, although he never joined a regiment in his life. He
-was by birth a German, spoke many languages, and was a most intelligent
-man and a good and sincere Christian. It was very difficult to make him
-speak of his former exploits, but when he did he told us wonderful tales
-of several marvellous hairbreadth escapes in all kinds of characters and
-disguises, and I know from all reports that he was one of the most
-efficient and successful spies. After the Peace of 1815 many half-pay
-officers studied for the Church and took holy orders, and this reverend
-gentleman was amongst the number.
-
-Up to this time the weather was dry and beautiful, but heavy rains then
-followed, and continued for a week or more. Our barracks were situated
-on a high neck of land projecting some distance into the sea, and on our
-right there was a large mangrove swamp, almost dry until the rains
-commenced. Then, filling from the hills and valleys to overflowing, it
-suddenly burst towards the sea, carrying all before it, and from that
-hour the stench became so powerful that we were all obliged to keep our
-handkerchiefs to our noses, and so save ourselves as much as possible
-from its fearful and disgusting effects. From the very first hour of
-this escape of water, mud, and decayed vegetable matter the whole air
-became actually poisonous, and our poor men fell sick daily, and in most
-cases they died before the following day. Some were carried off a few
-hours after they were attacked, amongst these my own servant, who
-attended us in good health at breakfast and was dead and buried at
-night.
-
-I continued well and able to attend to my duties, and by each post
-reported our sufferings and losses to the Commander-in-Chief. Then,
-after losing nearly half of my detachment, I received an order to hold
-all in readiness to embark on the shortest notice to return to
-headquarters at Kingston, leaving such sick men as could not be removed
-in charge of our medical officer. This good news I made known at once,
-and it was received with three cheers. Next morning a smart clipper was
-seen standing in for our anchorage, and I instantly sent one of my
-officers down to the landing-place with instructions to wave his hat as
-soon as a boat came on shore, if he heard the vessel was for us. We
-watched him with all eyes and the deepest anxiety, and as the boat
-landed up went his hat; three loud cheers followed from us, and I at
-once gave orders for immediate parade and embarkation. In half an hour
-all who could move were on parade and with our baggage packed ready to
-move off. On wheeling the detachment back into sections and giving the
-words “Quick march!” agonizing cries and screams (which I can never
-forget) were faintly heard from the few poor sick men who were left
-behind in hospital. There were seven of these unfortunates, and all
-urged the doctor to allow them to go with the others, saying they would
-run all risks and would prefer death before reaching the beach, rather
-than be deserted and left to die there; but the medical officer saw they
-were too weak to be removed, and tried to comfort them by saying that he
-himself ran the same risk by remaining with them. We left them, indeed,
-with great sorrow, and in less than an hour we were safely embarked on
-board the _Mandeville_ and off for Port Royal. Our happy escape from
-Port Maria, the change of scene and air, soon restored our men to their
-usual health; but it was very different with the poor fellows left
-behind, for we heard that three of the number soon died; the remaining
-four joined us later. I afterwards heard that the barracks at Port Maria
-were burnt and levelled to the ground by the Government.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
- HOME AGAIN AND MARRIED
-
-
-Invalided to England—Ship injured on coral rock—Dangerous
- voyage—Married on 25th November, 1826—Portsmouth—The Duke of
- Clarence—Ireland—Complimented by Sir Hussey Vivian on execution of
- difficult manœuvres
-
-
-I REMAINED doing duty in Jamaica for some weeks longer, but began to get
-anxious to get home, and latterly my health became indifferent. In
-February, 1825, I applied for a medical board, which recommended me for
-a year’s leave of absence, and with this prospect my health began to
-improve. The Government decided to send home a number of invalid
-soldiers, and I was commanded to take charge of them. I was not sorry,
-for by this chance I was allowed a free passage home. There were several
-other officers who were also going home on sick-leave in the _Speake_.
-In all there were about two hundred men, a few women and children, and
-an assistant-surgeon.
-
-We sailed on the 6th of March, and all went well till the night of the
-9th, when, with a beautiful clear moon shining, we suddenly ran aground
-on the outer coral rock of the small and low island of Magna.
-Fortunately the night was calm, so that we were running not more than
-three or four miles an hour. The full moon gave us nearly the light of
-day, and before sunrise we could see the island low but distinctly above
-the horizon, and then our captain changed our course to steer clear of
-the land, but the currents must have got hold of us; yet it seemed to me
-the captain and his chief officer were much to blame, for they were both
-actually walking the deck when she struck, and had been there for hours
-before in a clear night. Had there been a proper look out no such
-accident ought to have taken place. We, the passengers, were all asleep
-at the time, but the sudden shock and bump of striking roused us all
-instantly. Officers, soldiers, and women rushed at once without dressing
-on deck, where the confusion and screaming for some minutes became
-fearful; but the captain and agent assured us that there was land in
-front of us and that come what may we need not be alarmed for our lives,
-as we could all be landed with safety. Meanwhile two of the boats were
-lowered and carried our anchors astern, and with hawsers from these we
-tried to work the ship off the rocks into deep water, and my endeavours
-were equally pressing to clear the decks and to get all who were not
-wanted for work to go below. It was not till I went down with them and
-pledged my word to all that I should not leave the ship until the very
-last man of my charge was landed that I got them all to obey me.
-
-Order was then so far restored, and from over the ship’s side we could
-distinctly see the coral rocks upon which we were fixed, and soon
-afterwards, from the violent bumping, parts of our copper and sheathing
-got detached. The low, sandy island, without tree or other vegetation,
-was within a few hundred yards of us, and every possible effort was
-continued to heave her off, but all to no purpose. The boats and anchors
-were then moved first off one quarter and then off the other, and in
-each of these positions the heavy pulls and straining moved her head and
-stern round a little. It was then clearly shown that she was fixed as on
-a pivot in the centre, from which no efforts could move her. The pumps
-were then tried, and she was found to be making a little water, but not
-sufficient to cause any unnecessary alarm. At the critical moment it was
-ascertained that the tide must soon flow inwards, and as both crew and
-troops were fairly done up it was determined to wait patiently for the
-tide, when, if the ship made no water, she would be sure to float off.
-Meantime preparations were made for landing a quantity of provisions and
-water in case of necessity, and the officers and men packed their
-portmanteaux and knapsacks ready to make the best of the island of Magna
-if obliged to land there. About four in the morning the tide began to
-make, and by six the good ship was afloat again. She was then towed by
-the boats into deep water and the anchors let go, the pumps tried, and a
-strict examination made into our condition, when it was found that the
-leak and water had increased. For some time the captain and agent were
-undecided whether to continue the voyage or to return to Port Royal, but
-after waiting for a couple of hours they determined to pass a sail under
-the ship’s bottom and haul it as tight as it could be made, and then to
-continue the voyage to England. This was done, and we were again
-steering our way with a fair wind and fine weather. It was well for us
-that our vessel was built of teak, which enabled her to stand the
-bumping and thumping, which would at once destroy most ships. We now had
-New Providence Island before us in our course, in case of being obliged
-to seek shelter, but all went well till we got off Bermuda, when we were
-overtaken by a strong gale and heavy sea. The ship laboured much, and
-the men at the pumps discovered that the water had increased, but as the
-wind was off the land we had no choice but to run on for England. The
-pumps kept going during the days and nights. Our commander and our agent
-showed the best example by their constant watching and exertions; we
-soon began to lose all our fears in the sure hope of a speedy voyage and
-a happy end to our troubles, and in another fortnight we were safely
-anchored at Spithead.
-
-Our arrival was reported to the authorities in London, and orders came
-down directing us to proceed without delay to Sheerness. I got leave to
-land and go to London, on the understanding that I should on the
-following day go to Sheerness, there to await the arrival of my charge
-and proceed with them to Fort Pitt, Chatham, and so to deliver them, and
-their accounts, to the authorities at that station. I applied to General
-Thornton for leave of absence, but this was flatly refused, until he was
-satisfied and could report favourably on the state of my depot. Soon
-afterwards I had the chance of repeating verbally my desire for leave of
-absence, but as usual he refused, saying it would be a pity to leave my
-depot for some time longer, as they were getting on so well. I then told
-him frankly that I was engaged to be married for some time past; that he
-had obliged me twice already to put it off, and to break my word and my
-faith; that if he did so any longer my character and my honour must
-suffer. On this he laughed heartily and said, “This alters matters; of
-course, you must go immediately. Send me your application, but you need
-not wait for an answer—you may start at once.” By that night’s post I
-wrote to my beloved one, told her my difficulties were passed, and that
-I hoped to be with her soon after she received my letter, and that she
-alone could now complete my happiness. Three days more found me in
-London, received with open arms, and lodged in Park Street. A fortnight
-was allowed to make the necessary dresses and preparations, then my
-happiness was made perfect. I was married on the 25th November, 1826, at
-St. Pancras Church, London, to Miss Mary Campbell, only daughter of
-Colonel Alexander Campbell, by the Rev. Joseph Brakenbury.
-
-In the August following his Royal Highness the Duke of Clarence, as Lord
-High Admiral of England, visited Portsmouth and honoured the 50th
-Regiment by presenting us (on Southsea Common, in presence of all the
-troops in garrison) with new colours, accompanied by a most flattering
-speech. After the review his Royal Highness, the Duchess of Clarence,
-and the Colonel-in-Chief, General Sir James Duff, and many of the county
-families of Hampshire, were entertained at a luncheon in Portsmouth by
-the officers of the regiment. Lady Duff and my dear wife had the honour
-of receiving our guests, and about three hundred sat down.
-
-I must here mention a remarkable instance of his Royal Highness’s
-memory. On his arrival at Portsmouth I was introduced to him by General
-Sir James Lyons, commanding the garrison, and on mentioning our wish
-that he should do us the honour to present our new colours he said,
-“Yes, I shall be very happy; I know the history of your regiment quite
-well, but you may bring me a memorandum on a card of the different
-actions it has been in.” Next morning I returned to his Royal Highness
-with a neatly written card showing the battles in which the regiment had
-been engaged, commencing with Minden, August, 1759. Looking at it, he
-said, “Sir, you had not a man at Minden; your regiment was then
-quartered at Haslar barracks.” I answered, “I beg your Royal Highness’s
-pardon, but we always thought our regiment, or some portion of it, was
-at Minden, and I have myself seen an old breast-plate with the word
-‘Minden’ on it, but I will have another card made out and omit the
-word.” “Quite unnecessary,” he said, and, taking his pen, he scratched
-it out. I then observed that a very old gentleman who was once in the
-regiment was then living near Portsmouth, and that I would go and see
-him, as he might perhaps give me some information on the subject. I took
-my leave and returned to barracks, and told my colonel and the other
-officers about my conversation with his Royal Highness; they all
-laughed, and maintained that our flank companies were at Minden, and
-urged me to go at once and see old Captain Thompson. I found him, and he
-in like manner maintained that our flank companies were at Minden. I
-returned in triumph, fully believing that his Royal Highness was wrong,
-and on waiting on him next day I mentioned my interview with Captain
-Thompson; but again he said, “No, no; you had not a man there,” so I
-took my leave to prepare for the morrow’s parade. We decided on writing
-to the Army Agents, Messrs. Cox & Co., begging them to go at once to the
-War Office and request an immediate inspection of the public returns of
-that period, and of the troops employed at the battle of Minden. In due
-course we received their answer stating that we had not a man of the
-50th Regiment there. His Royal Highness remained at Portsmouth ten days
-longer, and was entertained daily during that time.
-
-We embarked in a steamer at Liverpool on the 29th June, 1830, and landed
-on the following forenoon at Dublin. Next morning the 50th Regiment
-marched in two divisions, headquarters and six companies, under Colonel
-Woodhouse, for Waterford, and four companies under my command to
-Clonmel, and in a few months we moved on to Templemore, with detachments
-at Thurles and Roscrea; and here we enjoyed ourselves very much, Sir
-Henry Garden and other residents in the neighbourhood having shown us
-every attention. I was for some time in command of the regiment at
-Templemore, and it was here that I first had the honour of forming the
-acquaintance of Lieut. General Sir Hussey Vivian (afterwards Lord
-Vivian), who then came to us on a tour of inspection, and who expressed
-himself much pleased with the regiment. He was very fond of introducing
-field movements of his own, and on this occasion asked me to “change
-front from open column to the rear on a centre company.” I told him
-there was no such movement in the book—but that I would at once do it.
-He said, “Stop, until I explain it to you.” I begged he would not, but
-allow me to proceed, and without hesitation I ordered the right centre
-company to wheel on its centre to the rear, the left wing to go to the
-right about, and then ordering the right centre company to stand fast,
-and all the others to form line on that company, by right shoulders
-forward, the left wing halting and fronting by companies, as they got
-into the new line, followed by independent file firing from the centre,
-and by each company as they got into the new alignments, supposing this
-sudden change of front to be occasioned by the unexpected appearance of
-an enemy from a wood in our former rear. This fire was kept up for some
-time, and then we charged the supposed enemy and carried all before us.
-
-Sir Hussey was much pleased, and when our manœuvring was over he ordered
-me to form the regiment into hollow square, and then addressed us, and
-complimented me very much, saying I was the first commanding officer who
-at once took up his ideas of providing against a sudden surprise from an
-enemy, and that he “should not fail to make a special report of my
-efficiency.” And I know that afterwards he did so, and that when he got
-next day to Birr barracks, to inspect the 59th Regiment, he called upon
-the colonel of that regiment to do the same manœuvre, in which that
-officer altogether failed, and then Sir Hussey again spoke of how “Major
-Anderson and the 50th had performed his wishes without the slightest
-hint or hesitation.” I have mentioned this at length, because it was
-much talked of at the time, and I was really proud of the opinion of so
-able and distinguished an officer, and because, as I shall hereafter
-show, this trifle led to much good to me some years afterwards.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
-
- TO NEW SOUTH WALES
-
-
-Dr. Doyle’s sermon—Ordered to New South Wales—Sail for Sydney with three
- hundred convicts—Mutiny at Norfolk Island—Appointed colonel
- commandant there
-
-
-I WAS detached with four companies to Maryborough: soon afterwards the
-well-known priest, the Rev. Dr. Doyle, visited the place, and on the
-Saturday of his arrival it was publicly announced that he would preach
-in the Catholic chapel. Being a very celebrated and popular preacher,
-many of the Protestant inhabitants attended; the church was crowded
-beyond comfort and standing-room, and all waited past the appointed hour
-with anxiety and impatience. At last he appeared in front of the altar
-in his full white robes, and, fronting the congregation, stared fiercely
-and wildly all around the assembled crowd; he then took off his biretta
-and threw it violently at his feet, and with his right arm stretched out
-and his fist clenched he shouted: “I have not come to preach to you, you
-midnight assassins, you skull-crackers! I am come to tell you that the
-hand of God is suspended over you, and that you shall not know the end
-thereof, until you are swept from the face of this earth and open your
-eyes in hell!”
-
-The congregation moaned and crossed themselves again and again; there
-followed endless sobs and lamentation, then a dead silence for a minute
-or two. The Rev. Father now roused himself again and said (pointing to
-me), “There is the officer commanding the troops, he has got the King’s
-commission in his pocket; and” (turning round to another part of the
-gallery) “there is the officer commanding the police, he has got the
-Lord-Lieutenant’s commission in his pocket; and I have got” (slapping
-his hand violently on his side) “the seal of Christ in my pocket. You
-midnight assassins, go and repent of your sins, while you have yet
-time.” He then retired, and the congregation broke up moaning and
-crossing themselves as before, and my dear wife and I were truly glad to
-escape without further fear of molestation. The cholera was raging at
-this time, and such was the terror occasioned amongst the lower classes
-by the Rev. Father’s denunciation that it was said the deaths from
-cholera were more than usual for some time afterwards.
-
-We returned to Birr barracks after this, leaving a strong detachment
-still at Maryborough, and early in April a letter was received by our
-commanding officer to hold the regiment in readiness to embark for New
-South Wales. The ship _Parmelia_ took on board some of her freight of
-convicts at Gravesend, then sailed for the Cove of Cork to embark the
-remainder; there we received two hundred more, making in all about three
-hundred criminals. They were under the medical charge of Dr. Donoughoe,
-a very pleasing Irishman, and our captain during the voyage was equally
-pleasant. We were detained some weeks at the Cove from adverse winds and
-other causes, and during that time it was very distressing to witness
-the daily scenes which took place between the Irish convicts and their
-numerous heart-broken relations. They came in boatloads to our ship
-daily; they were not allowed to come on board, but only to talk to their
-kindred, who crowded over the ship’s side or at the port-holes, and
-these interviews lasted for hours. At last, about the beginning of
-November, 1833, we got clear off and sailed for Sydney. The voyage was
-long, but on the whole pleasant. The convicts behaved well except on one
-occasion, when one nearly murdered another by striking him violently on
-the head with a pumice stone used for scrubbing the decks. For this
-daring and murderous assault the offender was placed in heavy irons, and
-next morning the whole of the convicts were paraded on deck, and with my
-detachment under arms and loaded, on the poop and in the cuddy, the
-prisoner was brought forward, stripped, and tied to the main rigging,
-and there received the severe corporal punishment of a hundred lashes.
-This had the desired effect, and from that day all was order and
-regularity. We arrived in Sydney on the 2nd March, 1834; the convicts
-were landed next day and marched to their quarters, and my detachment to
-the Sydney barracks.
-
-I brought letters of introduction to the governor, General Sir Richard
-Bourke, from Sir Hussey Vivian, and also from Lord Stanley, then
-Secretary for the Colonies. With these I called at Government House; but
-the governor was at that time engaged and could not see me, so I left my
-letters with the aide-de-camp, who requested me to call next morning.
-Meanwhile Sydney was in a great state of excitement in consequence of
-news having just been received of a general mutiny of the prisoners at
-Norfolk Island, and an attack upon the troops there, with the loss of
-several lives. This mutiny had occupied the minds of the prisoners for
-many months, and was so planned that they were to attack the guards in
-gangs simultaneously, armed with hatchets, hoes, crowbars, and hammers,
-on going forth from their prisons to work; they were then to bind their
-victims and keep them in front, as shields, while others, with the
-captured arms, attacked the main body of the troops in barracks. They
-had arranged to treat the free population with barbarity and cruelty too
-fearful to mention, and to quarter the colonel and the captain alive. I
-may mention that it came out in evidence during the trials that more
-than half the prisoners were for weeks consulting and planning the best
-modes of attack and of securing their purpose, and settling what to do
-afterwards, if successful. Their final decision was that an unusually
-large number should sham illness on the morning fixed for the attack,
-and so go (as usual each morning) to the hospital, and there secure the
-doctor and all the attendants, and then wait ready to make a rush behind
-a corner of the gaol, where a sergeant’s guard of twelve men from the
-garrison attended daily to receive and to take charge for the day of the
-gaol-gang—amounting generally to thirty or forty of the very worst
-convicts in double heavy irons. After this they intended to escape from
-the island by the next Government vessel arriving. There were at this
-time only a hundred soldiers with a captain and two subalterns of the
-4th Regiment on the island, and the prisoners amounted to seventeen
-hundred of the most desperate culprits on the face of the earth, but
-happily they were completely defeated, with the loss of only a few
-lives.
-
-I attended at Government House next morning as directed, and was kindly
-received by Sir Richard Bourke, and after asking me a few questions
-about our voyage he said, “You brought me some letters, Major Anderson,
-and I am told you would like to be actively employed. You have, of
-course, heard the news from Norfolk Island. I shall be happy to give you
-the command, if you like.” I answered that I myself would much like the
-appointment, but that I was a married man, and feared my wife would not
-like going there, after all we had heard of the desperate state of the
-prisoners, but that if his Excellency would give me an hour to consult
-my wife I should then return to him with my answer. He said, “Certainly,
-I will give you till to-morrow morning to make up your mind.” I hurried
-home and told my wife all, and said that I saw no risk in accepting so
-good an appointment; but she, under the alarm of all she had just read
-in the papers, said nothing could tempt her to go there. I almost
-despaired of getting her consent, till at last I proposed that I should
-submit to the consideration of Sir Richard Bourke that I would gladly
-accept the appointment, if he would kindly give me the option of giving
-it up at once, should my wife dislike to remain there. He received me
-kindly, heard my request, and said, “Certainly, I shall not keep you a
-day longer there than you wish; meantime, I am going to-morrow to my
-country house at Parramatta, and I shall be glad if you and Mrs.
-Anderson will spend a few days there with us, and we can talk the matter
-over.” I thanked him for his kindness, and said we should be most happy
-to accept his invitation; I then returned to my wife much pleased, and
-next day we went to Government House, Parramatta, and were very kindly
-received by the governor and his daughter. We remained there three days,
-and his Excellency took much pains to persuade my wife that there was no
-danger in going to Norfolk Island, as we should always have a sufficient
-number of troops to ensure our safety, that the climate was the best in
-the world, and our accommodation very good, and far beyond anything we
-could desire or expect. On leaving, the governor desired me to come to
-him next day in Sydney, saying that I should then receive my final
-instructions. I did so, and was told to hold myself in readiness to
-embark in a few days, and that my first duty on arrival should be to
-take depositions against all the convicts who were implicated in the
-late mutiny, and to transmit the same to the Colonial Secretary for the
-decision of the Attorney-General. I was then sent to the court to be
-sworn in as a magistrate of the territory, and finally told that the
-Government schooner _Isabella_ would be ready to receive me and my
-family in a few days, and to sail at once for Norfolk Island.
-
-We embarked on the 12th March, 1834, for my important command. For the
-first two or three days we had pleasant weather, but then it blew hard,
-with the wind right against us, and was very boisterous for a week. Our
-provisions now became short, and from this and the severity of the
-weather we were very much inconvenienced, but at last had a favourable
-change and made Norfolk Island in safety, and fortunately on a fine calm
-day; for in bad weather the landing there is always dangerous. I was
-received on the beach by a guard of honour of the 4th Regiment and by
-Captain Foster-Fyans, who was then acting-commandant (Colonel Morrisett
-and his family having previously sailed to Sydney). Captain Fyans
-invited us all to his quarters to breakfast, and an excellent one we
-had; nor must I omit mentioning how our dear children enjoyed the
-abundance of cream and fruits set before them, after the hard biscuits
-and salt pork which was their only food on board.
-
-After breakfast, Captain Fyans took us to Government House, with which
-we were much pleased. It was a substantial building of one story and
-standing conspicuously by itself, on high ground; the rooms were
-numerous and well proportioned, the whole premises at the back being
-secured within a high wall and the windows in front by iron bars. Thus
-the whole residence might be considered (in case of an attack) a
-fortress; there were also in front of the house two eighteen-pounder
-guns mounted, and the military barracks were not a hundred yards
-distant. I may add the prisoners’ gaols and other buildings were within
-a thousand yards, and the guns before the house commanded the whole. The
-more we saw the more we were delighted with our future quarters and
-prospects. By this time a considerable portion of our baggage had been
-landed and was arriving fast at Government House, and before night we
-were as well settled and comfortable as if we had been there for months.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX
-
- NORFOLK ISLAND
-
-
-Life at Norfolk Island—Trial of the mutineers—A fresh
- conspiracy—Execution of thirteen mutineers
-
-
-NEXT day I assumed my duties, and proceeded at once to take depositions
-against the prisoners charged with the late mutiny. As is usually the
-case on such occasions, many of the convicts concerned turned King’s
-evidence, and the most willing of all these informers was a desperate
-and cowardly villain named K——, who was at one time a captain in our
-navy, and after various crimes was at last transported for forgery. He
-had been many years a convict, and was always foremost in every crime
-which promised him a chance of escape, yet when detected always turned
-King’s evidence; but still he was trusted by his companions on account
-of an extraordinary influence he had over them, and on this occasion
-chiefly because he was the only one of them who understood navigation,
-and could steer to a place of safety in the event of success in
-capturing the island and gaining the shipping. Of course he took the
-lead, and under his instructions the whole plan was for months secretly
-and most ably arranged; consequently his evidence, and that of many
-others whom he named, and who willingly came forward to save themselves,
-confirmed without doubt the guilt of all the leading conspirators, so
-that in a few days the depositions taken by me were complete against
-about fifty of the most daring characters. For six weeks all went
-peacefully, all the prisoners concerned being kept heavily ironed in
-gaol, awaiting the result.
-
-In the meantime we continued making ourselves comfortable, daily
-visiting and exploring various parts of the island, and each day made us
-more happy in our lot. The island is evidently of volcanic origin, and
-abounds in valleys in every direction, and in each of these there is a
-stream of most pure crystal water. Lemons and citrons of the very best
-kinds grow everywhere, and are so common in every part of the island
-that many are allowed to drop from the trees and rot. Guavas and Cape
-gooseberries are equally common, and at one time oranges were in
-abundance; but my predecessor had all the trees destroyed, as affording
-too great a luxury to the prisoners! By convict labour excellent roads
-have been made everywhere. The climate is the best in the world, with
-always a bracing air, never too hot nor too cold. There were many
-hundreds of cattle and some thousands of Government sheep on the island,
-so that all the free population had a ration of fresh meat daily, and
-the officers were allowed to buy as much more as they wished, and flour
-also, at the commissariat, at a nominal price, never exceeding twopence
-the pound. All the officers had also gardens and convict servants to
-work them. All had likewise as many pigs and poultry as they chose to
-rear. My garden at Orange Vale was a splendid one, abounding with
-everything one could desire. We made about four hundred pounds of the
-best coffee annually, and many hundreds of pounds of arrowroot. My pigs
-and poultry were kept near Government House, together with dozens of
-turkeys, geese, guinea-fowls, and ducks. All our stock was fed from the
-refuse of the prisoners’ breakfasts and from damaged corn, so that we
-incurred no expense by keeping such numbers. We made the best bacon that
-was ever known, and in large quantities, but could not succeed in making
-hams. When the convict servants failed in this, our medical men tried to
-secure success, but never succeeded; there was something in the air
-which caused them to decay. We had tradesmen and mechanics of every
-kind, and were allowed to have our boots and clothing of every
-description made for us. The woods of the island were very beautiful,
-and supplied material for handsome furniture of every kind.
-
-All these advantages I had as commandant without any limits, but no
-officer could get anything done without a written requisition to me. The
-public dairy was near my house, and every officer, soldier, and free
-person on the island got a daily allowance of milk and butter. With all
-these advantages we lived most comfortably and almost for nothing.
-
-The troops behaved remarkably well. We had only six court-martials
-during the whole period of my command. All the soldiers had gardens near
-their barracks, in which they grew all sorts of vegetables; they were
-also allowed to keep fowls. This not only kept them in excellent health,
-but gave them employment, and they were always at hand and ready for any
-emergency which might arise.
-
-At last a ship was reported in sight, and proved to be his Majesty’s
-ship _Alligator_, Captain Lambert, with Judge Burton and a military jury
-on board, for the trial of the mutineers. They were at once landed, the
-judge and some of the officers taking their quarters with me, the others
-with the officers of the garrison. Our carpenters were then set to work
-to prepare a spare room in the prisoners’ barracks as a temporary
-court-house. This being soon completed, the trials commenced next day,
-and were continued day after day for a fortnight. Fifty of the leading
-conspirators were found guilty: more than half the number were sentenced
-to death, the others to transportation in irons for life. During the
-whole of this time the frigate was moored off the settlement, within
-easy range, in case of any fresh disturbance. Two days after the trials,
-Judge Burton spoke to me officially, and said he had the power of
-ordering some of the worst of the prisoners who were sentenced to death
-to be executed at once, before the frigate left, but that he would
-prefer not doing so till the Governor and Council saw the proceedings,
-provided I felt sure I could be answerable for their safe custody in the
-absence of the frigate. My answer was that I felt no fear about their
-safe custody, and had no hesitation in taking the responsibility; he
-then said, “We had better put all this in writing. I shall at once write
-to you on the subject, and let me have your answer as soon as possible.”
-He did so, and in an hour had my answer. Judge Burton and the military
-jury sailed next day.
-
-They had not been gone twenty hours before I received positive
-information through my police that another general mutiny was brewing,
-with the intention in the first instance to attack the gaol and release
-all the condemned prisoners. This was startling, but I decided to wait
-for further proofs. Next morning I had the names of about fifty of the
-new conspirators brought to me, and as most of them were well-known to
-be desperate characters, I gave instant orders for their arrest. They
-were heavily ironed, and confined in different parts of the gaol, and,
-as I fully expected, two or three of them offered to give me evidence. I
-had them brought before me and examined, and each satisfied me that
-efforts were being made for a general rising to rescue the condemned,
-and that it was checked just in time, before more serious consequences
-could follow. I now told the informers that they must be sent back
-amongst the others, so as to deceive them, and make them feel sure that
-they had made no disclosures as to the guilt of their comrades, and that
-when all was over they would not be forgotten. Had I not done this,
-these men would have been marked afterwards by every convict on the
-island as informers, and would have been sure of vengeance in some way,
-sooner or later.
-
-After these precautions all was peace for two months; then the
-Government brig _Governor Phillip_ was reported. Our usual armed boat
-was sent off, and brought back as passengers the Rev. Mr. Styles, the
-Rev. Father McEncroe, and the hangman, and dispatches for me ordering
-the execution of thirteen of the most guilty of the mutineers. All the
-others were commuted to hard labour for life. It was left to my
-discretion to carry out these most distressing executions at such time
-and in such manner as I deemed safe, taking care that all prisoners on
-the island should be present, and that the condemned should have the
-presence and benefit of their respective clergymen for at least three
-days before the execution. I issued written orders proclaiming my
-warrant and authority for the execution, naming the unfortunates who
-were doomed to die, fixing two mornings for carrying out the sentences,
-and ordering one half of the convicts to be marched from their barracks
-and formed into close columns in front of the gaol, on the walls of
-which the gallows was erected, while the other half of the convicts
-could see from the barracks all that was going on. This was the order
-for the first day, when seven of the culprits suffered, and the
-remainder were disposed of in the same way the next morning. Before the
-execution I addressed the convicts, and said that if they attempted to
-move or to show any sign of resistance the officer in the stockade had
-my positive order to open fire on them at once. These preparations being
-all completed, the seven men were brought forward, dressed in white and
-attended by their clergy. They were composed and silent, and in a few
-seconds all was over. Not a word, not a murmur, escaped from the
-assembled mass. The following morning the same arrangements were made
-for the other half of the convicts to witness the execution of the
-remaining culprits, and all passed over as before. From that time order
-reigned on the island during the whole of my government, from March,
-1834, to April, 1839.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX
-
- SUNDAY SERVICES AT NORFOLK ISLAND
-
-
-I appoint two convicts (who had been educated for the Church) to
- officiate—Find about a hundred ex-soldiers among the
- convicts—Separate them from the others, with great success
-
-
-THE Rev. Mr. Styles and Father McEncroe remained a fortnight with us,
-and took much pleasure in exploring the island. They left, promising to
-use their best endeavours to have clergymen sent to us, but none came
-for two years after this. On my arrival the only Sunday service we had
-for the prison population was more a mockery than a benefit. All the
-convicts, whether Protestants, Catholics, or Jews, were paraded together
-and marched up in single file to a field strongly fenced in, and there
-locked up. Then an officer stepped forward to the fence and there read
-the prayers and litany of the Church of England, not a word of which
-could be heard by the prisoners. They were then marched back to their
-prison yards, and there locked up for the remainder of the day. The
-troops and free population had prayers read to them in the military
-barracks. I renewed my application for clergymen, but the answer
-invariably was that none could be found to take up the appointment.
-
-This distressed me much, and, looking over the register of the convicts
-some time after this, I discovered that one of the number was
-transported for forgery while actually a chaplain on board an English
-man-of-war, and also that another had been educated as a Roman Catholic
-priest. These two men had behaved well since their arrival, so I thought
-it possible I might make something of them. I sent for Taylor and told
-him that I had discovered the cause and offence for which he had been
-sent there, and I was glad to hear he was now considered a steady man. I
-then spoke of the sad position of our convicts from their need of
-religious teaching, and said that I considered what was now being done a
-mere mockery, and that it was doing more harm than good; also that I
-knew what he had been, and what he could do if earnest and willing; that
-I would remove him from the other prisoners, give him a comfortable hut
-to live in, plain clothes, and a convict servant to attend him, and
-finally, if I saw hopes of doing any good, that I intended without delay
-to build a temporary church for him, and place there a pew for myself
-and my civil officers, that I might have the opportunity of hearing him
-occasionally and judging for myself. He was delighted and appeared most
-anxious and earnest. I dismissed him with the hope that he would
-seriously ponder over all I had said, and pray to God to assist him and
-to sanctify his endeavours.
-
-I then sent for the other, and spoke in the same way to the same effect;
-he also most gladly and willingly entered into my wishes and promised
-much. That same evening I put them both in my written orders to be
-separated at once from their respective gangs, to be quartered by
-themselves, and to read the services of their respective Churches to the
-prisoners. This gave general satisfaction, and on the following Sunday
-the Protestants were separated from the Catholics, and each division
-marched to their respective places of worship, where the services were
-read to them for the first time. This was continued every succeeding
-Sunday with such success that pulpits, altars, and pews were soon built
-and forms provided sufficient for each congregation, and in due time I
-made it my duty to attend occasionally at either service, and I was
-always much pleased with the order and regularity which prevailed in
-both churches. The soldiers and free population continued their worship
-as usual at the barracks.
-
-These arrangements succeeded so well that I reported the whole to the
-Government, and by return of mail I had the satisfaction to receive the
-Governor’s approval of all my proceedings and his desire that the same
-arrangements should be continued, as he could not then prevail on any
-clergyman to go to the island. In course of a few months I became quite
-convinced that our humble endeavours were doing much good, that our
-acting ministers were conducting themselves well, and that they were
-respected and looked up to by their former associates. I therefore made
-a report of this to the Government, and recommended that they should be
-further encouraged by a salary of one shilling a day and the promise of
-a commutation of their sentence hereafter, if recommended by me for
-continued good conduct. All this was granted, and I had much pleasure in
-promulgating the same and in carrying it all out.
-
-For two years this went on with much success, and greatly to my
-satisfaction. Then we got into trouble. Two convicts attempted the lives
-of two of their comrades, on different occasions, without any previous
-cause of quarrel, and, as they afterwards admitted, for no other reason
-than that they were tired of their own lives and wished to get hanged!
-The first attack occurred when the convicts were going out from their
-barracks after breakfast to their daily work. This gang was going to
-farm labour, armed with field hoes. Without a word of previous warning
-the would-be assassin raised his hoe and with all his might struck the
-convict in front of him on the head, knocking him down insensible with a
-fearful wound in his skull. The unfortunate sufferer was at once taken
-to the hospital, and remained unconscious for many days. When he
-recovered he clearly proved that he had never had any previous quarrel,
-nor had he ever even spoken to the prisoner before. The other case was
-that of a convict who had got away from his gang and concealed himself
-in the hut of one of the overseers (who was allowed to live and remain
-there at night), and whom he had determined to murder. He hid himself
-behind the door, and when the overseer entered he knocked him down
-senseless, but happily two other men followed, who at once secured the
-culprit. These cases were too serious for me to deal with, so I took the
-necessary depositions and sent them on to the Colonial Secretary for the
-consideration of the Attorney-General, and by the next arrival of our
-ship Judge Plunket and a military jury came for the trial of these two
-men. They were found guilty and sentenced to be hanged; the execution
-took place a few days later, in the presence of all the convicts,
-without a murmur. One of the men who had been assaulted recovered in due
-time, but the other died, and from that day we never had another serious
-crime.
-
-I discovered from the registers that I had about one hundred former
-soldiers (amongst the prison population of seventeen hundred) from
-regiments in India and the Australian colonies, all transported for
-assaulting or threatening the lives of their officers, generally while
-under the influence of drink. I ordered them to be all paraded for my
-inspection, and then said to them, “I find you have been soldiers. I
-know that you were sent here for assaulting, or threatening to shoot,
-your officers in your drunken bouts. I have examined your registers and
-know all about you. Now, I am a soldier, and consider you are still
-almost soldiers, so I shall at once separate you from your present
-associates, whose offences have been very different to yours. Most of
-them are criminals of the worst and deepest dye—murderers, thieves, and
-assassins. Their companionship must in time degrade you and make you
-desperate, and perhaps as bad as themselves. I shall therefore try to
-save you as far as I can. I shall place you in rooms and messes by
-yourselves, and in separate working gangs. More than this, if I require
-you I shall put arms in your hands; for you have been soldiers (as I am
-now), so I shall not be afraid to trust you if I require you!”
-
-They began to cheer with delight, which I at once stopped, reminding
-them that I could not allow any such expression of their feelings, and
-that from them I must expect perfect discipline and quiet obedience;
-then I concluded by saying, “In this way I mean to trust you so long as
-you behave yourselves and deserve my support, but if I ever again, from
-this day, see you speak one word to, or associate in any way with, your
-former companions, back again you go to them, there to remain always as
-outcasts in misery.” They were delighted, and could only with difficulty
-restrain expressions of their joy, and from that hour my arrangements
-were carried out admirably to the last. The mass of prisoners were,
-however, for some time, much annoyed by this arrangement and partiality;
-but after longer reflection, I was assured, they were glad of it, as it
-showed them that reason and justice ruled the commandant, and that
-belief caused a general disposition towards good order and regularity.
-
-I may say that, taking them as a whole, and remembering their previous
-numerous and great crimes, the convicts during my superintendence
-behaved wonderfully well. After the capital crimes already mentioned we
-had but individual offences, such as striking or threatening their
-constables and overseers, disobedience of orders, and neglecting their
-work. For these misdeeds they were always sent to gaol, and brought
-before me in petty session next morning, and if found guilty, on sworn
-evidence, sentenced to a week or fortnight, a month or two months’
-imprisonment in irons in gaol, according to their offences. In more
-serious and aggravated cases they were sentenced to corporal
-punishment—from fifty or a hundred to three hundred lashes; but these
-instances were comparatively few, and always avoided if possible. The
-average of the latter punishments, in my time, was from seventy to
-seventy-five cases a year, whereas in Colonel Morrisett’s time they
-always exceeded one thousand, though he had not at any time more than
-twelve hundred prisoners, while with me their number increased year by
-year, until we had over seventeen hundred.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXI
-
- LIFE AT NORFOLK ISLAND
-
-
-Solitary case of misconduct among the soldier gang—I get many pardoned
- and many sentences shortened—Theatricals and other amusements—Visit
- from my brother—Mr. MacLeod
-
-
-I NEVER had a complaint, except one, against my soldier convicts. While
-riding one day some distance from the settlement, the superintendent of
-agriculture, Mr. MacLean, came galloping after me and reported that
-there was a mutiny amongst the soldier gangs, or rather that they had
-refused to do their work. I at once rode back to where they were, and
-found them all idle and standing still. I ordered them to their work,
-when one of them named Shean (formerly of my own regiment) stepped
-forward with his hoe in hand (with which farm-implement they were all
-provided), and in a loud and angry voice attempted to argue their
-grievance with me. I instantly rode at him, and, with a heavy stick in
-my hand, knocked him down and rode over him, saying: “You, who know me
-long and well, you dare to raise your voice against my authority, you
-dare to disobey my orders! Get up, and go back at once, every one of
-you, to your duty!” When he recovered, he begged my pardon, and without
-another word or murmur they all went back to their work. During this
-disturbance there were three or four hundred other convicts working in
-sight, looking on, awaiting the issue, and who doubtless would have
-joined the soldiers’ gangs had anything more serious taken place.
-
-This was the first, the last, and only prisoner I ever had occasion to
-lift my hand to while on the island. As I have already said, I always
-found the soldier gangs very willing and obedient, and most thankful for
-the promise of being trusted with arms should any general outbreak take
-place which might justify me in calling for their assistance.
-
-I had indeed a soldier’s feeling for them. For their continued good
-conduct I recommended many of them at various times to the Government
-for pardon and restoration to their regiments, which was invariably
-granted, and among that number was the above-mentioned Daniel Shean, the
-50th Regiment, who afterwards served with me in India, and I found him a
-good and faithful soldier. He was finally caught and eaten by an
-alligator in the Ganges, while bathing, on our passage from Chinsurah to
-Cawnpore in 1842.
-
-It was almost my daily practice to examine and study the public records
-and registers of the prisoners and to select from them the names of all
-men who had for years been noted for good conduct. When I found life
-prisoners without any charge against them for six or more years, or
-prisoners of fourteen years behaving well for three or more years, or
-prisoners of seven years without a fault for two or more years, I
-recommended them to Government for commutation of their sentence. These
-recommendations were always attended to and granted, and when received
-by me were promulgated in my public written orders and read to the
-prisoners. This had the best effect, and convinced them all that it was
-never too late to reform, and that the commandant had a constant and
-friendly eye over all, even the worst of them. When these commuted
-sentences were without fault, and nearly completed, I had them pardoned
-altogether and removed to Sydney.
-
-About this time the officers and soldiers of the garrison applied to me
-to have a temporary theatre erected for them, as they confidently hoped
-they could make up a respectable “corps dramatique.” I entered at once
-into their wishes, and promised them every encouragement, feeling
-assured I could not do too much to amuse them; and having plenty of wood
-and labour at hand, a very comfortable theatre was soon built, with
-dress boxes and pit, and no sooner finished than our first play was
-announced. I forget the name of the piece, but our principal performers
-on that occasion and for many months afterwards were my secretary, the
-Hon. Mr. Pery, Sergeants Cairns and Duff, Privates Thomas Smith and John
-Swap, with occasionally Lieutenants Wright, Gregg, and Needham, and some
-others, and as many minor performers as they needed from the troops.
-Excellent scenery of all kinds was painted by artists amongst the
-prisoners, and the orchestra was composed of about half a dozen
-well-conducted convicts, who played the violin and clarions well. The
-dresses were generally of coloured calicoes and such other imposing
-materials as they could find. As the acting was always good, this was a
-continued source of amusement and delight to us all for years. On one of
-these nights, in the middle of the performance the “alarm” was sounded.
-On this occasion many of the performers were acting as women, and of
-course were dressed accordingly. When an “alarm” is given, no delay is
-allowed, but all have to assemble as they are. On this night (which by
-the light of the moon was as clear as day) the “corps dramatique” ran as
-they were for their arms, and so appeared on the public parade amidst
-roars of laughter, for their appearance was certainly comic in the
-extreme, and such a sight of armed warriors in petticoats as never was
-witnessed before. The “alarm” proved a false one, occasioned by a young
-soldier firing from his post at the prisoners’ barracks on hearing some
-quarrel amongst the convicts within.
-
-I have already said our roads were excellent all over the island, and
-the scenery most beautiful and romantic. This encouraged us to pass our
-time very often in picnics in every direction. There was not a pretty
-spot at any distance beyond the settlement without a nice bower with
-tables and seats for our accommodation; and in one or other of these
-paradises we used to assemble and pass many hours. We had also frequent
-dinner-parties and dances, and as I had then finished building the new
-military barracks and hospital, the latter (for we had no sick) made a
-most excellent and commodious ballroom. The officers of the garrison had
-a comfortable mess, and were most liberal in their entertainments. In a
-word, we all agreed well together, and although most of our young men
-were tired of the limits of our little island, and compared their
-situation to the monotony and confinement of ship life on a long voyage,
-I do think we were all very happy, or ought to have been so.
-
-They had also other amusements—fishing, shooting, etc. Phillip Island
-lay within four miles of us; it is a high land about a mile long, and
-abounded with wild pigs, wild fowl, and a variety of birds, the most
-remarkable being the Phillip Island parrots, which were never seen in
-any other part of Australia. Whenever any of the officers wished for a
-day’s sport there, they had a boat at their command for the day.
-Starting early, with a good supply of provisions, they were obliged to
-return before sunset, and generally brought back with them some
-half-dozen or more pigs, besides other game. In like manner, when they
-wanted a fishing excursion a boat was provided, and in a few hours they
-generally returned with dozens of fine fish, caught over known coral
-rocks. By this time I had an open carriage (made on the island), and as
-we had many Government horses doing nothing, I wrote to the Colonial
-Secretary requesting to be allowed to purchase two of them. The answer
-was that they could not be sold, but that the Governor had no objection
-to my making use of them as much as I liked. I then sent to Sydney for a
-double harness, and from that time we had our carriage, and a first-rate
-(convict) coachman.
-
-In September of this year my dear brother John paid me a visit from
-India; he was then a colonel of the Madras Army. We had not met for
-thirty-four years, and our pleasure was now very great in seeing each
-other. I never saw him again till 1858, and that was our last meeting,
-for he died soon afterwards at Folkestone.
-
-Reports had now reached Sydney of the better behaviour of our convicts,
-and we were spoken of with hope and confidence for our continued
-improvements, so the fear and dread of coming near us, and of residing
-at Norfolk Island, became daily less. The Rev. Dr. Gregory and Father
-McEncroe, both of the Roman Catholic Church, offered their services to
-the Government in Sydney, to go and reside permanently with us, and
-their services were at once accepted. They came to us by the next trip
-of the _Governor Phillip_, and right glad was I to receive them. They
-soon became very popular with us all, and did much good. Then the
-Government sent down the Rev. Mr. Sharpe, of the Established Church, who
-on his arrival took charge of our Protestants.
-
-I may here mention that my power was absolute, and that I could remove
-any of the civil officers at pleasure from the island, but I am happy to
-say I had but once occasion to exercise my authority. It was officially
-reported to me that Mr. MacLeod, the superintendent of agriculture, had
-been trafficking to a considerable extent with the convicts, actually
-receiving money for them in letters from their friends in Sydney. At
-first I could not believe this possible. I then got proofs beyond doubt,
-consisting of letters addressed to Mr. and Mrs. MacLeod from persons in
-Sydney with several sums of money enclosed for convicts therein named.
-After some consideration I sent for MacLeod and told him the charges
-brought against him; he at once boldly denied them, and said there was
-not the slightest truth in them. I then showed him the letters from
-Sydney; this staggered and surprised him, but he said he had never seen
-them before and knew nothing about them. I had no other course left but
-to suspend him from his duties and send him back to Sydney by the very
-first opportunity, but it was not till six weeks later that the
-_Governor Phillip_ arrived, and in her he and his family left the
-island—but before that he gave me some more trouble.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXII
-
- MANGALORE CATTLE STATION
-
-
-Wreck of the _Friendship_—I am attacked by Captain Harrison and
- MacLeod—I receive the Royal Guelphic Order of Knighthood—Secure the
- sheep and cattle station of “Mangalore” in Port Phillip with my
- brother—Leave Norfolk Island—Visit to Mangalore
-
-
-JUST as these charges were brought against MacLeod, the hired schooner
-_Friendship_ arrived off the island with Government provisions and
-stores, and after exchanging signals she made fast to a large buoy and
-moorings which had been laid down some months before by his Majesty’s
-ship _Alligator_. Captain Harrison and Mr. Bull then landed to report
-themselves, and I asked them to dinner. When this was over I told them
-they must return at once to their ship and look to her safety, that I
-should send a trusty constable and a few men with them, and that, should
-it come to blow hard, they must immediately slip away from the moorings
-and stand out to sea until the weather moderated. They returned to their
-vessel, but about midnight it blew very hard, and at daylight we had a
-very strong gale; the schooner was then seen dragging the moorings and
-drifting fast towards the rocks in front of the settlement, yet not a
-man could be seen moving on board. I was in bed at this time, and one of
-my chief constables came and informed me that the schooner was drifting
-fast on to the rocks, and the surf on the beach was running so high that
-it was impossible to send out a boat, adding that no man could be seen
-on board, and that they must all be asleep. I dressed hurriedly, and
-sent to the military barracks for our gunners and some ammunition for
-our great guns, and as soon as they arrived we fired round after round
-over the schooner, yet not a man appeared on deck. At last they heard
-us, and attempted to make sail. But it was too late; for by this time
-the ill-fated vessel was amongst the breakers, and in a few minutes more
-was broadside on the rocks, and soon became a total wreck. The crew and
-guard got on shore in safety, and our next efforts were to save the
-cargo, and for this purpose some dozens of prisoners volunteered their
-services, and went off through the surf, up to their waists, some to
-their necks, and succeeded in getting on board. Captain Fothergill and
-about twenty soldiers followed to protect the property and preserve
-order. There was a large fire seen burning in the caboose on deck, the
-sparks flying about everywhere, and repeated cries were heard that there
-was powder on board. The kegs were soon discovered and thrown overboard;
-the prisoners then got into the hold, and managed to get small and large
-cases of stores on deck, then handed them over the ship’s side to gangs
-of prisoners on the rocks. In this manner the whole cargo was safely
-landed without any loss or damage, but the unfortunate ship became a
-greater wreck every day. At last what remained of her was towed into the
-boat harbour, and several attempts were made to patch her up, but all to
-no purpose, and at last all efforts were abandoned.
-
-I had to quarter Captain Harrison, his crew and passengers on the
-different civil and military officers and free constables, and I took
-Mr. and Mrs. Bull to Government House. Captain Harrison became the guest
-of the military officers, and we all endeavoured to make them as
-comfortable as we possibly could. About a month afterwards it was
-reported to me that Captain Harrison talked of selling the wreck and
-other materials and stores belonging to the vessel, and that MacLeod,
-the late superintendent, was in his confidence, and was advising him to
-do so. I took no notice of this at the time, but from other information
-I clearly saw the object was to defraud the underwriters, as the ship
-was insured. Captain Harrison had posted handbills over the settlement,
-naming a day for the sale of the wreck and stores by public auction. I
-ordered the bills to be torn down, and, sending for Captain Harrison, I
-reprimanded him for attempting such proceedings without my order, and
-told him I could not permit any sale of the kind, but that when an
-opportunity offered for sending him and his crew back to Sydney they
-should be allowed free passages and room for his stores and cargo also.
-He appeared dissatisfied, and wished to argue the matter with me, saying
-that he and others thought it better to sell everything on the island. I
-begged to know his advisers, but he would not tell me, and from this
-time he gave me much trouble.
-
-At last the _Governor Phillip_ was reported in sight. I ordered Captain
-Harrison and his crew and passengers to embark in her for Sydney, and so
-got rid of them after a detention of seventy days. I also sent MacLeod
-away beyond my control for ever, and our mail contained my reports to
-the Government of the wreck, and all details connected with the saving
-of the cargo, the attempt to sell the wreck and stores by public
-auction, and my refusal to allow Captain Harrison to do this. I also
-reported the whole of MacLeod’s misconduct, and that I had suspended him
-from his situation and sent him back to Sydney. I had the satisfaction
-to receive the Governor’s entire approval of all these proceedings. Soon
-after this several letters appeared in the Sydney papers abusing me,
-reflecting on my “misgovernment” of Norfolk Island, and complaining of
-my treatment of the captain, crew, and passengers of the schooner
-_Friendship_. I was afterwards assured these letters were written, some
-by Captain Harrison, others by MacLeod and Mr. Bull, who with his wife
-left me and Mrs. Anderson with many tears and endless professions of
-gratitude for our kindness and hospitality during their long stay with
-us. Of these letters I took not the slightest notice.
-
-Early in 1838 I received a public notification that his Majesty King
-William IV was graciously pleased to appoint me a Knight of the Royal
-Hanoverian Guelphic Order for my past services in the field; at the same
-time I received the Golden Star and Ribbon of the Order. I was indeed
-proud of this distinction, as it was conferred without any application
-from me, and I was included in a list of many brave officers specially
-selected by his Majesty from different regiments for this mark of his
-royal favour.
-
-Soon after this I received a letter from my brother John, recommending
-that we should together take up a station for sheep and cattle in the
-newly discovered district of Port Phillip, saying that he was willing to
-purchase a few hundred sheep and cattle to make a beginning, if I could
-find trustworthy persons to go and take up a suitable run and the charge
-and management of the establishment afterwards, and that he wished to
-include amongst the number to be employed a Mr. Howell, a young
-_protégé_ of his. My brother-in-law, Septimus Campbell, had some time
-before this expressed a wish to retire from the service and try what he
-could do as a squatter, so I named this chance to him, and offered to
-recommend him to my brother for the management, and for a share in the
-concern hereafter if he proved himself capable and deserving of the
-charge. He willingly accepted, and I wrote accordingly to my brother; I
-named also three men then in Sydney, who had been until lately prisoners
-at Norfolk Island. I knew they were not only trustworthy, but also well
-acquainted with sheep and cattle, as they had been formerly employed as
-shepherds on sheep and cattle stations. My brother wrote back approval
-of my proposal and consenting to give Campbell the management of our
-station, provided he could at once enter on the charge, as he was
-already in treaty for the purchase of a few hundred sheep. Campbell now
-sent in his application to retire from the service by the sale of his
-commission, and I gave him leave to return by the _Governor Phillip_
-(then with us) to Sydney, and there he found my brother and Mr. Howell.
-At that time convict servants were assigned by the Government to
-officers in numbers according to their rank, and Campbell made an
-application in my name, and in his own, for three men whom I had named,
-Joseph Underwood, William Percival, and Richard Glegg. They were at once
-granted, and most thankful they were for our confidence.
-
-My brother now concluded his bargain for the purchase of a few hundred
-sheep, a dray and team of working bullocks, and a variety of stores and
-farm implements, etc.; and having made his arrangements with Campbell,
-and given him a few hundred pounds for the purchase of cattle, they
-started for Port Phillip about October, 1838. They went overland, except
-Campbell, who had decided on going by sea, so as to get down before
-them. For the first week the overland party got on very well, but after
-that they had endless difficulties and losses, for Howell gave himself
-up entirely to drink and was seldom sober, and when his money was
-expended he actually sold some of the bullocks and sheep. He frequently
-remained for days and nights at miserable pot-houses quite insensible
-from intoxication, and when he became sober he was not allowed to leave
-till he had paid for his folly by giving up as many of his sheep and
-bullocks as the equally drunken and unprincipled landlord chose to
-extort from him. Fortunately, our men remained steady, especially
-Underwood, who now took the lead and the entire charge of our property,
-and with the other men watched the animals day and night, and never left
-them; but in spite of all this they lost a number of sheep. Some were
-stolen, some were knocked up and died, from bad roads and much rain.
-
-At last, after a long journey of two months, Underwood and his two men
-reached the bank of the Goulburn River, in the Port Phillip district,
-with about three hundred and fifty of our sheep, the dray, and three or
-four of our bullocks. They had not seen Howell for some weeks before,
-and he was drunk at a public-house when they last saw him. Underwood
-determined on halting and taking possession until the arrival of
-Campbell. Meantime Howell joined them, but left them again in a few days
-for a public-house which was on the Sydney line of road, a few miles
-distant. Campbell directed them to stay where they were, on our future
-run and station, and to try and extend the boundaries as far as they
-could, taking care to mark the limits as well as possible, and to report
-to him by marks or other signs the extent of country they wished to take
-up, so as to enable him to make a special application to the Government
-for our right and title to the same. Underwood managed this admirably,
-and, having had a good knowledge of sheep stations before, he took care
-to give us a wide range. In front we had seventeen miles on the banks of
-the Goulburn River, and from twenty to thirty miles in all directions
-back. By a survey made a few years afterwards, our run was computed at
-about eighty-five thousand acres. I named the place at once Mangalore,
-in compliment to my brother, that being the name of his military station
-in India, of which he was very fond, and so it remains on all charts to
-this day.
-
-Campbell never stayed at Mangalore, as some pressing business obliged
-him to go to Van Diemen’s Land, and thence to Sydney; so for many months
-our station and property remained under the nominal care of Howell, but
-in reality under the faithful management of Joseph Underwood. There was
-little now to do, for when we took possession there was not one other
-settler in that neighbourhood, nor nearer than the Devil’s River, a
-distance of more than a hundred miles. There was a miserable
-public-house and a small store in our neighbourhood known as Seymour,
-and there all sorts of supplies and provisions could be purchased at
-exorbitant prices, and they were always ready to trust squatters or
-their agents, so that Howell had no difficulty in getting what he
-required. I was still at Norfolk Island during this time, and knew
-nothing of Howell’s doings for many months later. My brother had
-returned to India, confident with me that all would be well at
-Mangalore, and telling me, as his last instruction, that I was to
-consider the whole as a joint speculation, and keep an account of all
-additional expenditure. I wrote to Campbell and authorized him to draw
-upon me for any money he required.
-
-We remained happily at Norfolk Island until February, 1839. About the
-end of the month the _Governor Phillip_ arrived, bringing a detachment
-of the 80th Regiment under the command of Major Bunbury to relieve the
-50th, and with dispatches to me naming the major as my successor as
-civil superintendent and military commandant of the island.
-
-After our arrival at Sydney I began to hear something about our sheep
-station and the doings at Mangalore, and that Howell was constantly
-drunk; so I made up my mind to go to Port Phillip and Mangalore. I left
-Sydney in a sailing vessel in December, 1839, for Melbourne, and arrived
-there after a week’s journey. Melbourne was then little more than a
-village, and with only two or three very humble so-called hotels. On my
-landing I was so fortunate as to meet a Mr. Michael Scobie, from my own
-birthplace, whom I had known as a boy; he told me that my worthless
-superintendent Howell was then, and for some time had been, in
-Melbourne, and constantly drunk. Mr. Scobie accompanied me to search for
-him, and we soon discovered that he lived in a miserable pot-house
-called the Lamb Inn. He must have heard of my arrival and seen us
-approaching, for as we entered he escaped through the back door. After
-many more hunts we at last got hold of him, and I insisted on his going
-with us on our journey the next morning. In two days we arrived at
-Mangalore, where we found our true and trusty men, Underwood, Percival
-and Glegg, evidently doing their best, but suffering a little from want
-of tea and sugar and a scarcity of flour. Next day they collected the
-sheep, and Scobie made a minute muster of all. They were reported all
-healthy and in good order. He next rode with me round every part of the
-station, and the more he saw the more he was pleased with the character
-and capabilities of the run. What we heard from the men and saw for
-ourselves convinced us that Howell was not to be trusted in any way with
-the management of such an undertaking, and that the sooner I got rid of
-him the better. I now appealed to Scobie, and offered him his own terms
-if he would remain at Mangalore and take charge. He first said he would
-willingly oblige me, but that he had a small station of his own near
-Melbourne, and that therefore he must take time to consider my proposal.
-We remained a week longer at Mangalore; Scobie occupied himself during
-the whole of that time in riding about and gaining additional
-information. He then consented to remain with me for one year certain,
-for £100, and one-third of my increase of lambs, provided that I would
-allow him to return to Melbourne with me for a few days to settle his
-own affairs. I consented, and we at once signed a written agreement, and
-Howell was told his services as manager were dispensed with, but that he
-could remain at the station on a small salary as long as he conducted
-himself properly and made himself useful, but if not, Scobie had my
-authority to dismiss him at once. We then returned to Melbourne very
-much pleased with our arrangements.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIII
-
- ON MY DEFENCE
-
-
-Court of inquiry as to my management of Norfolk Island—Major Bunbury
- reprimanded by Commander-in-Chief at the Horse Guards for his
- unfounded charges
-
-
-I SHOULD have mentioned sooner that when I left Sydney a dispatch was
-received by the major-general commanding from Major Bunbury, reporting a
-serious outbreak and mutiny amongst his detachment at Norfolk Island,
-and that Sir Maurice O’Connell had determined to relieve the 80th at
-once from Norfolk Island by an equal number again of the 50th Regiment.
-I was sent for by the governor, and also by the general; and although
-they gave me no particulars of Major Bunbury’s dispatch, I was asked
-many questions about the soldiers’ gardens, when and why they were given
-to the men, and my opinion respecting them. All this I explained, and
-said they were established by me with the authority and approval of the
-late governor, Sir Richard Bourke, as a means not only of amusement and
-employment for the soldiers on the settlement, but also in order to give
-them a constant supply of good vegetables. I was then told by the
-general that he was determined to relieve Major Bunbury and to send
-Major Ryan in command. I was not allowed to know more, but I heard it
-whispered that the outbreak was in consequence of Major Bunbury
-depriving the soldiers of their gardens and ordering them to be charged
-a trifle daily for vegetables from the Government gardens, and that, the
-soldiers having resisted, he actually sent gangs of convicts to root up
-and destroy the gardens, which at once made the soldiers fly to their
-arms and drive the convicts away, in open defiance of Major Bunbury’s
-presence and authority. It was also hinted that he blamed me for all
-this in having granted these gardens to the soldiers, which he
-considered contrary to, and subversive of, good order and discipline.
-
-Having heard these whispers, I called upon the general and requested I
-might be informed whether Major Bunbury had attempted to blame me for
-the open defiance of his authority by his own men. The general again
-said he could not then enter into any further explanation, but that I
-should hear all when Major Bunbury returned; I was therefore obliged to
-be satisfied so far, and I took my leave. Meantime a ship was chartered
-and ready to take Major Ryan and his detachment to Norfolk Island, and
-she was to be escorted by H.M.S. _Rattlesnake_, to force a landing if
-necessary. In a few days I left Sydney, and did not go back for ten days
-after Major Bunbury had returned, and the first news I heard was that he
-had not confined nor punished even one man for the mutiny, which
-displeased the general very much. Fifteen soldiers were then arrested as
-the ringleaders and placed in confinement, and in due course were
-brought to trial charged with mutiny. They were all found guilty and
-sentenced to transportation for life. I was also informed that Major
-Bunbury, in his evidence, did not hesitate to blame me for all these
-irregularities, and for the insubordination and mutiny of his own men!
-which he stated were the result of “the relaxed order and system and
-total absence of military discipline” which I had allowed on the island.
-This was the substance of his evidence, and as I was absent from Sydney
-during the sitting of the court-martial, my friends took care to tell me
-of it on my return.
-
-I went at once to Sir Maurice O’Connell and complained, and I requested
-an immediate court of inquiry into my system and the efficiency or
-otherwise of my command. The general hesitated, and said he saw no
-necessity for any such inquiry, as he was perfectly satisfied; but I
-said I was not, and that as every one had heard Major Bunbury’s serious
-charges against me, it was no more than justice to me, and to my
-reputation and character as an officer, that an immediate inquiry should
-take place. He then consented to order a court of inquiry, and next day
-Lieut.-Colonel French, Major Cotton, and a major whose name I forget,
-were named for this duty, and directed to “inquire into the system and
-discipline maintained by Major Anderson during his command at Norfolk
-Island.”
-
-I was allowed to make a statement in detail of my system, daily duties,
-and discipline. I then called in succession Captains Petit, Fothergill,
-and Lieutenants Sheaffe and Needham, who served for years with me on the
-island, and each of these officers stated to the court “that no
-commanding officer could have been more zealous and attentive to his own
-duties and to the efficiency of his detachment; that his parades were
-regular every morning and evening; that the conduct of the detachment
-was so uniformly good and regular that not more than two or three
-soldiers were brought to trial while the 50th was at Norfolk Island;
-that the detachment was inspected once a month, and the barracks and
-messes were regularly visited by Major Anderson; that if possible he was
-too strict rather than too easy with his officers and men.” Major
-Bunbury was allowed to cross-examine each of these officers, but could
-get nothing from them in support of his unfounded charges. The next
-officer called was Colonel Woodhouse, commanding the 50th Regiment, who
-informed the court that he “always considered Major Anderson an able and
-efficient officer, that he received constant reports of the good conduct
-and discipline of his detachment, and that whenever he had any
-troublesome officers or soldiers he always sent them to Norfolk Island
-to be schooled by Major Anderson.” The next called was Lieutenant and
-Adjutant Tudor, who spoke to the same effect. Last of all I called Major
-Hunter, the major of brigade in Sydney, and he stated that nothing could
-have been more satisfactory than the official reports from Norfolk
-Island, and that he had heard from many that the detachment was
-considered to be in the highest possible state of good order and
-discipline. I here declined calling any more evidence.
-
-Major Bunbury was then requested to state whether he wished to say
-anything more, or to call any evidence. He first recalled Captains Petit
-and Fothergill, and asked them whether they did not think the giving of
-gardens to the soldiers injurious to military discipline and to their
-drill and proper appearance as soldiers; they said, “Certainly not.” He
-next asked them whether the soldiers did not sell their gardens to their
-successors. They answered that they sold their crops, which they
-themselves had grown and laboured for, but not their gardens. He then
-called in one or two of his own sergeants, but the only thing he could
-get out of them was that the soldiers of the 80th Regiment had paid the
-soldiers of the 50th for the gardens, and therefore considered them
-their private property. Major Bunbury declined to call in any of his own
-officers. After some further debate the proceedings were closed. Here we
-were all ordered to withdraw, and the court was closed for the recording
-of its final opinion.
-
-I was not then allowed to know what that was, but from the clear and
-most satisfactory evidence which had been given on my behalf there could
-only be one opinion on the subject, and it was certainly a most
-gratifying victory. A few days more confirmed this view of the case. I
-therefore went to the general and said that I had waited patiently,
-expecting he would publicly promulgate the opinion of the court of
-inquiry, but to my surprise he said he saw no necessity for doing so. I
-told him this did not at all satisfy me, that I felt I had a right to
-request he would promulgate the opinion of the court, but all my
-endeavours to this effect failed. I then asked him if I was at liberty
-to proclaim the substance of my present interview with him. He said,
-“Most certainly,” and on the same day I took care to do so. From that
-day I had no further intercourse with Major Bunbury.
-
-Many months afterwards, while in India, I received an official
-notification from the major of brigade in Sydney that the
-Commander-in-Chief at the Horse Guards had approved of the proceedings
-of the court of inquiry, and had directed the major-general commanding
-in Sydney to convey a severe reprimand to Major Bunbury, and to inform
-him that “if he attempted again to insinuate any such charges against
-Major Anderson he would be brought before a general court-martial.”
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIV
-
- ORDERED TO CALCUTTA
-
-
-50th Regiment ordered to India—Sudden death of one of my boys—Voyage to
- India—First experiences of Calcutta
-
-
-I CONTINUED to receive good accounts of our station from Scobie, and
-nothing remarkable occurred during the remainder of that year, until I
-visited Mangalore to see for myself what he was doing. Having procured
-six weeks’ leave, I left Sydney with Major Serjeantson, and in a few
-days reached Melbourne. We hired horses, and found our way in two days
-to Mangalore. I then made a partial inspection of many of our flocks and
-herds of cattle, and of the improvements that Scobie had made, and was
-very much pleased with all I saw and heard, and especially with the
-large increase of lambs and calves. Everything was most satisfactory. I
-saw at once that I could not have a better manager, and therefore, with
-the fullest confidence in him, renewed the contract for another year.
-
-On my return to Sydney the first news I heard was that my regiment was
-about to embark for India. I landed and hurried at once to the barracks,
-and discovered this to be true, and all preparations already in progress
-for our embarkation. I found my dear wife and children quite well, but
-all very sad and excited, and wondering if I should be back in time.
-This was about the middle of January, 1841, and I arranged with my wife
-that she and the children should remain in New South Wales until I could
-leave the service and return to them. We also settled that the two boys
-should remain at Sydney College, and that my wife, with the other
-children, should remove and live at Windsor (thirty miles from Sydney).
-My two boys accompanied me to the ship, and ran back in all haste to be
-in time at the College for their lessons, and no doubt got uncomfortably
-heated; but they returned to their lodgings without complaining. About
-two o’clock next morning we were roused by the landlord, who came to
-tell us they were both very ill, and that we had better send a doctor
-immediately. I at once went to our assistant-surgeon, Dr. Ellison, and
-requested him to go as quickly as possible to see them; he did so, and
-told us they had scarlatina, which was then very common in Sydney. They
-became worse, and with the advice of the doctor we brought them home,
-and now their dear mother gave her whole thought and attention to them;
-but there was a continued change for the worse, and both became
-insensible.
-
-The 80th Regiment from Parramatta marched into our Sydney barracks. They
-asked me and my officers to dine with them, and I went, with a very
-heavy heart, as I was in great anxiety about my boys. Just as the cloth
-was removed one of the waiters told me my servant wanted me, and on
-going to him he said, without any preparation or hesitation, “Master
-Johnny is dead, sir.” I ran home at once, and the sobs of my dear wife
-confirmed the sad tale. I went with her into the room, and there they
-both lay, the one dead, the other unconscious, yet I could scarcely
-believe the fact, for our beloved Johnny was still warm. No medical man
-was present when he died, nor was his mother or nurse aware that his
-soul had fled, till they observed he had ceased to breathe. Our agony
-and sorrow may be imagined but not described. We retired to bed but not
-to sleep, and had not been long there before the nurse came and said
-that she did not believe the child was dead, as he was still warm. I
-instantly flew to the room, but, alas! her hopes were only a delusion.
-Next morning we determined on removing the other children, and our good
-friend W. H. Wright took them at once to his residence at Clarendon
-House, near Windsor, where my wife was to follow them with our dear boy
-Acland, should God in His mercy be pleased to spare him. After this sad
-and most unexpected bereavement, our quarters became indeed a house of
-desolation, and the more so from the fact that I was to leave my wife
-alone and helpless in her sorrow and continued fears for our only son.
-
-Our ships were now ready to sail, but were detained by contrary winds.
-This delay gave me a little respite, and enabled me to go to Sir Maurice
-O’Connell to submit to his consideration my helpless situation and my
-grief, and above all the lonely position of my poor wife, and my hope
-that he would grant me leave of absence pending my expected promotion,
-and so allow the regiment to go on to Calcutta, where it would be under
-the command of Major Ryan, who was to arrive from England at that time.
-The general heard me with evident sympathy, and expressed his sincere
-regret for me and for my wife, but would not grant my request. He said
-that on delivering over my regiment in Calcutta I might then get leave
-of absence and return, on sending in my application to retire from the
-service by the sale of my commission. Our boy Acland continued in the
-same uncertain state between life and death, and was still insensible
-when I left.
-
-Days and days did I brood over my fears and misery, and I could not
-conceal my grief. My brother-officers and the ladies on board tried to
-rouse and amuse me. They were gay without a care, and every evening
-amused themselves dancing on the quarter-deck. Our voyage was unusually
-long and tedious. The only cause of excitement which I can remember was
-that while off Cape Lewin we caught an albatross one fine morning, with
-a 50th button tied round his neck by a piece of string; this convinced
-us our other ship, the _Lady MacNaughton_, must be ahead of us, and that
-our unfortunate captive must have been handled by some of our people
-before, for in no other way could a 50th button get attached to the neck
-of an albatross on the wide ocean. Of course we let our prisoner go free
-again.
-
-On the 17th May we arrived and anchored in the Hooghly. Early next
-morning we disembarked and marched into Fort William, and were welcomed
-by Major Ryan and other friends. After this we endeavoured to make
-ourselves as comfortable as we could in our respective quarters. Mine
-were with Major Ryan, in a suite of very good and commodious rooms, but
-the heat was so intolerable that we had neither comfort nor rest. We
-suffered from the heat fearfully, though wearing only the lightest
-possible clothing, and from utter exhaustion we expected almost every
-moment to breathe our last. Next morning we had a visit from the fort
-major, Major Douglass, who had been for many years in India, and he at
-once asked us why our punkahs were not going. We said we did not know
-how to work them. Then, observing our punkah wallas sitting idle in a
-corner, he “pitched into” them, and abused them for not doing their
-work; they at once answered they only waited for our orders, and then
-commenced to pull. In a moment our rooms were full of refreshing and
-pure air. We then could breathe freely, and from that hour became more
-reconciled to our lot.
-
-Major Douglass then asked me if I had visited Lord Auckland, the
-Governor-General, and Sir Jasper Nicoll, the Commander-in-Chief. He
-recommended me to go at once and report myself and pay my respects to
-them. He then ordered a palkee and told the bearers to take me to
-Government House, and then to the residence of Sir Jasper Nicoll, and
-back to the Fort. I had to dress in full uniform; the heat was fearful;
-my thick padded coat was most distressing to me, and I got alarmed,
-having more than once heard of people being found dead in their palkees
-from the heat. My bearers, quite unconscious of my fears, jogged on and
-carried me in safety to the Commander-in-Chief’s residence. I was
-received by Sir Jasper and Lady Nicoll, and after half an hour’s
-conversation about my regiment and voyage I took my leave. At Government
-House I was most kindly received by Lord Auckland and his sisters, and
-our conversation was much on the same subject, and I then returned to my
-quarters.
-
-My first dinner at Government House appeared to me very imposing. The
-grand apartments were truly splendid. There was a magnificent display of
-plate—the countless native attendants were most brilliantly arrayed, and
-all the Oriental splendour round us was dazzling in the extreme. Yet
-with all this I sat without any dinner for some time, though every one
-else was being waited on by one or two of their own kitmutgars. Not one
-of these numerous servants offered to wait on me! At last the young lady
-who sat at my right asked me if I had no kitmutgar present. I told her I
-had not, as I was not aware that I could bring my servant to Government
-House. She then begged me to allow hers to wait on me, and told me that
-the custom was to take our kitmutgars to attend upon us, at all dinners
-or other parties.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXV
-
- LIFE AT CALCUTTA
-
-
-Magnificent entertainments at Calcutta—Dost Mahomet—Wreck of the
- _Ferguson_—Preparations for Burmese campaign—Special favour shown to
- soldiers of the 50th Regiment
-
-
-AT Government House the balls were really magnificent, and well worth
-seeing. The company, of English ladies and gentlemen and of military men
-in resplendent uniforms, was numerous, but scores of native princes and
-rajahs, and wealthy baboos in the most splendid dresses and covered with
-jewels, also constantly attended these brilliant assemblies and gave a
-wonderfully dazzling effect. The suite of dancing-halls was magnificent,
-with marble floors, and with dozens of punkahs constantly going to keep
-all cool and comfortable; and there the young and the gay danced at
-their ease and without the usual European exertion, from eleven until an
-early hour in the morning.
-
-The most conspicuous and splendid person at all these parties was Dost
-Mahomet, the ex-ruler of Afghanistan, who was then a State prisoner at
-Calcutta. He and his numerous suite were paid the most marked and
-courtly attentions by the Governor-General, and always invited to every
-ball or dinner-party, and there, and everywhere else, he was received
-and treated with all the honours due to a sovereign, and he gained by
-his courtly manners and easy bearing the respect and goodwill of every
-Englishman who came near him. He always appeared amongst the crowd in
-his carriage, every morning and evening in the public course at Fort
-William, and was invariably saluted by every officer and Englishman, and
-all these greetings he returned with visible satisfaction. Many if not
-all the British officers would have gone further and called upon him to
-show their respect (for he was much liked by every one), but this was
-forbidden by a Government order, and none but natives were permitted to
-visit him; these visitors, however, were constant, many princes and
-rajahs from all parts of India coming daily.
-
-About this time I was invited by the Governor-General to spend a few
-days with him at his country residence at Barrackpore, and on the first
-day of my visit the newspapers announced the arrival of a ship from
-Sydney. This was great news for me, for I made sure of a letter from my
-dear wife, and having said so to Lord Auckland, I begged to be allowed
-to take my leave. He most kindly pressed me to remain, and said he would
-dispatch a man at once for my letters; but I was too impatient, so after
-thanking them for their kindness I started in all haste for Calcutta,
-but on my arrival found no letter for me. This was indeed a sad
-disappointment, and my restless mind at once attributed this silence to
-the worst and most melancholy cause. After a trying suspense of six
-months, I received a letter from Major Serjeantson enclosing a long and
-cheering one from my wife, assuring me of our dear boy Acland’s recovery
-and perfect health, and that she and all the children were quite well
-and had removed to Windsor, where she had taken a comfortable house. I
-was again happy and most thankful, and my great desire was to write to
-my wife to assure her of my joy, and my gratitude to God. But there was
-then no prospect of any direct ship for Australia, so I was obliged to
-write via London.
-
-My present letter, sent through Major Serjeantson, was written in April,
-three months after I had parted with my family, and it will be
-remembered that when we left Sydney that officer remained there with his
-own company and our sick then in hospital, and in expectation of
-receiving and bringing on to Calcutta a number of recruits for the
-regiment shortly expected from England. With these detachments and some
-young officers, Major Serjeantson embarked at Sydney on board the ship
-_Ferguson_ at the end of April; but while coming through Torres Straits
-they were wrecked, and must have all perished, but for the fortunate
-chance of two other ships being in company with them. These followed the
-_Ferguson_, which took the lead through a narrow channel, and had just
-time to bring up and anchor when she struck, and immediately fired guns
-of distress. This happened before daylight, at four o’clock in the
-morning. The boats from the other ships were immediately sent to assist,
-but the sea began at once to break over the _Ferguson_, and for some
-time so violently that the boats could not and dared not approach her,
-and for a time they were obliged to keep at a distance, looking on only.
-At last, during a lull, they managed to get a rope conveyed from the
-_Ferguson_ to the boats, and by that means another and another. Her long
-boat was then got into slings and hoisted over the side high up above
-water. Mrs. Serjeantson and all the women and children were put into it,
-and after a given signal it was lowered into the sea, the ropes from the
-other boats having been made fast to it, and then it was hurriedly
-hauled and dragged through the surf until it reached them in safety.
-After many cheers they were taken to the other ships and made, so far as
-possible, comfortable, but after that the sea became so rough that
-nothing more could be done that day, and in continued fear and suspense
-both parties remained watching each other until dark.
-
-For the rest of that long sad night the agony and fears of both the
-rescued and of those more numerous ones still on the wreck may be
-imagined. It must have been a truly dreadful position. Happily, next
-morning the sea was more settled, but still too rough and dangerous for
-boats to go alongside, though by pluck and daring energy they managed to
-get in succession under the bowsprit of the _Ferguson_, from which man
-after man of the soldiers and crew were dropped into the boats without
-any greater accident than a heavy sea breaking occasionally over some of
-them. This was done from the duty muster rolls, every man in his regular
-turn and without any confusion, and my dear friend Major Serjeantson,
-and the captain, Verity, were the last who left the ill-fated
-_Ferguson_—all reaching the other two ships in safety. But they
-unfortunately lost nearly the whole of their baggage.
-
-We had now been a few months in India, and some of our officers and many
-of our men were sick in barracks and in hospital, and a considerable
-number were suddenly carried off. Major Turner was the first officer who
-died, and was soon followed by Ensigns Kelly and Heaton. This was during
-the rainy season; when that passed away the regiment became more
-healthy.
-
-In October of the same year I was sent for by the Governor-General and
-told there was every prospect of war with Burma, and that he feared an
-attack on our position and garrison at Moulmein, in the Tenasserim
-province, so he had determined to reinforce that station at once. He
-then asked how soon I could get my regiment ready for embarkation. I
-answered, “In an hour, without difficulty or inconvenience.” He smiled
-and appeared much pleased, but said he thought that was impossible. I
-replied that we were always ready, and could embark the same evening if
-necessary. He then ordered me to go at once to the Marine Board, to put
-myself in communication with them, and to let them know I was ready to
-embark my regiment at the shortest notice, whenever the transports were
-prepared to receive us. I did so, and was told I might make my
-preparations and expect further orders in the course of that day or the
-next. A few hours afterwards the orders were issued for the following
-morning, and punctual to the hour we were at the wharf at daylight, and
-there found boats to take us to our ships. Mine was a large Government
-steamer, in which our headquarters and eight companies were embarked,
-and the remaining two companies were received on board a sailing ship,
-under command of Major Serjeantson, who had succeeded to a majority on
-the death of Major Turner. Lord Auckland and his staff attended at the
-wharf to see us off. My fine regiment was in the most splendid order—not
-a man was absent, and all as steady as rocks—and reached our ships
-without the slightest confusion or accident. I was afterwards told that
-the Governor-General and his staff expressed their admiration of the
-steady and soldier-like appearance of the regiment, and their wonder and
-surprise at not seeing one drunken man amongst them; this was so unusual
-at former embarkations that Lord Auckland actually asked whether Colonel
-Anderson did not screen his drunken men by keeping them confined in the
-Fort!
-
-I shall not name the regiment which we relieved on our first arrival at
-Fort William, but I saw them embarking at the same place, and I well
-remember my amazement at seeing dozens of the men not only drunk but
-most riotous and mutinous in conduct and language to their officers.
-This reminds me of another most creditable contrast between the conduct
-of the gallant 50th and what I was assured by the best authority had
-been the conduct of another regiment and other corps previously
-quartered in Fort William. On our arrival there I found the
-standing-orders required that every soldier should return to the Fort by
-sunset, and that none should be permitted, without written passes, to be
-absent after that time. I considered this a most unnecessary check to
-the recreations and reasonable enjoyment of good and well-behaved
-soldiers, and represented this to the consideration of the principal
-staff officer of the Fort, Colonel Warren; but all my arguments had no
-effect on that stern and prejudiced officer, who had held his
-appointment for many years, and strongly maintained that such were the
-standing-orders of the Fort, and that they could not be changed.
-
-Seeing I had no chance with Colonel Warren, I went direct to Lord
-Auckland and stated my opinion to him. He heard me with attention, but I
-soon saw he also was opposed to my wishes, and unwilling to deviate from
-an old-established standing-order. I told him I thought it was a great
-restraint upon good soldiers, and that I had heard the men of former
-regiments in the Fort were in the habit of lowering themselves by ropes
-and blankets from the walls into the moat, and so escaping; that, in my
-opinion, such confinement was enough to make bad men worse, and that if
-his lordship would only make the trial and trust me and my men, by
-allowing me to give a certain number of written passes for a few hours
-each night, I would pledge myself to be responsible for their good
-conduct in town, and for their punctual return to the Fort at the hour
-required. He hesitated for some time, and, though surprised at my great
-confidence in my men, he at last gave in, and next day a general order
-was issued “granting this indulgence on trial, at the special request of
-Colonel Anderson.” That very evening I granted passes till eleven
-o’clock, and continued to do so daily while we remained at Fort William,
-without ever having cause to regret it. More than once Lord Auckland
-expressed his perfect satisfaction and his approbation of the measure;
-but I never heard if this indulgence was continued to other corps after
-we left.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVI
-
- AT MOULMEIN
-
-
-Great welcome to Moulmein—No fighting after all—The Madras native
- regiments
-
-
-WE now sailed for Moulmein, and found there the 63rd Regiment and four
-strong and splendid regiments of Madras Native Infantry—all under the
-command of Brigadier-General Logan, late of the Rifle Brigade, and now
-of the 63rd Regiment. There was also a considerable force of European
-and Madras artillery, engineers, and commissariat, and a very imposing
-naval force under Admiral Cooper.
-
-Our residence at Moulmein was very comfortable and agreeable to us all;
-the climate was cool and bracing, and under the hospitable rule of our
-most able and kind brigadier we soon became all intimate and friendly,
-and the most social dinner-parties at our messes and at the brigadier’s
-became the order of the day. All the Madras regiments had excellent mess
-establishments, equal in every respect to the Queen’s, and their
-constant and liberal hospitality could not be surpassed by any of our
-corps. A few days after our arrival in garrison the four Madras
-regiments invited me and the officers of the 50th Regiment to dinner,
-and for this purpose they pitched and joined their four mess marquees
-together into one splendid pavilion, the interior decorated with
-garlands and evergreens tastefully arranged, and with the spaces filled
-up with arms and military trophies. The tables were covered with the
-most brilliant plate and glass, and the lights were numerous and
-magnificent. All round the outside was a double row of natives, double
-torch-bearers, filling up the intervals between the sentries and the
-bands of the regiments stationed on each side of this stupendous
-marquee. The effect was truly brilliant and imposing, and no one could
-approach the gathering without wonder and delight.
-
-We sat down, in all, nearly a hundred officers. The dinner and the wines
-were excellent, and the attendance of so unusual a number of active
-native servants in their thin white muslin robes and coloured turbans
-and kummerbunds was really imposing, and something new to us at a
-military mess. When dinner was over, and after the usual loyal toasts,
-the president stood up and proposed a bumper to the health and welcome
-of Colonel Anderson and the officers of the 50th Regiment. This was
-drunk with much applause and deafening cheers, the band playing “John
-Anderson, my joe.” I then rose and thanked them with much sincerity from
-myself and my officers for their hearty welcome and good wishes, and as
-they all knew my dear brother, Lieut.-General John Anderson, of their
-own army, I said I felt the more gratified and flattered from the
-conviction that their good feelings towards me individually were more
-from their regard for my brother than from any good they could discover
-in me, and that I was equally free to confess he was indeed much the
-better man of the two; and here I was interrupted by one of them
-standing up and shouting aloud, “A d—d deal better fellow than ever you
-will be!” I instantly turned towards the speaker and told him, and all,
-that a more gratifying compliment could not be paid me, and that I
-should not fail to assure my brother of the very flattering and friendly
-feeling which was thus so publicly expressed towards him. Three cheers
-then followed for “Old Jock Anderson!” and, not yet satisfied, they now
-(half a dozen of them) got me out of my chair and on their shoulders,
-and so carried me round and round the table amidst deafening cheers. The
-evening continued one of the most social and merriest of my life, and
-dinner after dinner followed at each of our messes, and many quiet ones
-also were enjoyed in succession at the married officers’ quarters, and
-always on a large scale at the brigadier’s once a fortnight, where that
-good man and Mrs. Logan made every one happy and at home by their kind
-and courteous manner and genuine hospitality.
-
-Our military duties were not less exciting and, to me, not less
-pleasing. We had grand field-days and sham fights once a fortnight, with
-all the troops in garrison present, and I never saw any man handle his
-force more ably or more effectually than Brigadier Logan. It was quite a
-treat and a lesson to be manœuvred by that able and gallant officer. He
-was a soldier every inch of him, and his ardent zeal for the service was
-part of his character, but his then most anxious wishes and the object
-of our expedition to Moulmein were defeated, for although we were ever
-ready and expecting an attack every morning from the Burmese, they never
-dared to come near us. The river Salwen or Martaban (from two to three
-miles broad) separated the contending forces, for it will be seen by
-reference to a map that Moulmein is situated on the left bank of the
-Salwen River, about twenty miles from the sea, and the town and fortress
-of Martaban, which was then strongly occupied by the enemy, immediately
-opposite on the right bank of the river, and it was from that place that
-we expected an attack every morning in boats. We could see their troops
-distinctly every day parading and marching about in large bodies, with
-their drums playing and their colours flying, and always with a large
-fleet of boats moored under their fortifications, as if prepared and
-meditating a descent. And they could also see our men-of-war and their
-armed boats pulling about and doing night guard ready to receive them.
-
-In this way we continued for months staring at each other, but in the
-meantime we made ourselves more comfortable by covering all our tents
-with matting, which protected us not only from the rains and heavy dews
-which are common there, but also from the heat and glare of the sun
-during the day, and we occasionally enjoyed ourselves by exploring and
-picnic parties in the men-of-war’s armed boats up the river; for we were
-always on the most happy and intimate terms with the officers of our
-little navy, dining with them now and then and having them as our guests
-repeatedly. In a word, our sojourn at Moulmein was a very happy and
-jolly one. We never knew positively the cause of the enemy’s hesitation
-in making an attempt to attack us, but we heard that one or two flags of
-truce had been sent from our Government at Calcutta up the Irrawaddy
-with dispatches to Ava for the Burmese Government, and we concluded that
-terms of amity and peace had been proposed and perhaps agreed to, and
-this became the more probable when, early in March, 1842, orders were
-received for the immediate return of the 50th Regiment to Calcutta.
-
-We were indeed sorry to leave Moulmein—the climate was so much cooler
-and better than India; and we had made so many kind and agreeable
-friends that to part with them—perhaps for ever—was far from pleasant. A
-more than usual intimacy took place between our men and the soldiers of
-the Madras Native Infantry, and they were frequently seen walking and
-chatting together. Most of these fine-looking men knew and served
-repeatedly under their own “General Anderson”—and they soon saw by our
-strong family likeness that I was his brother, and whenever any of them
-passed me they not only saluted but gave me a warm recognizing smile.
-When I first saw them I was struck by their fine manly and soldier-like
-appearance, superior in every way to the Bengal native troops and
-evidently under better discipline, and now the best proof of this is
-that when the whole of the Bengal native troops, cavalry, artillery, and
-infantry, mutinied, and murdered their English officers in cold blood,
-not one single corps of the Madras native army wavered for a minute.
-They remained faithful and true to their salt and to their colours,
-although it was well known, and beyond all doubt, that the leaders of
-the Bengal mutiny had sent many emissaries and appeals for aid to them.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVII
-
- VOYAGE UP THE GANGES
-
-
-Return to Calcutta—Much illness in regiment—Boat journey of three months
- to Cawnpore—Incidents of the voyage—Death of Daniel Shean
-
-
-I CANNOT at this moment recollect how we left Moulmein, and here, for
-the first time since I commenced this narrative, my memory fails me, but
-I think it was in sailing ships, for I remember that on our arrival off
-Fort William we were transhipped into country boats next day, and
-proceeded with the tide up the Hooghly and landed at Chinsurah. There we
-found Colonel Woodhouse, from Sydney, and a large detachment of recruits
-and young officers from England under Captain Fothergill, and, what was
-far more acceptable to me, letters from my dear wife with cheering
-accounts of herself and my dear children.
-
-I now as a matter of course gave over the command of the regiment to
-Colonel Woodhouse, and for a time I was, comparatively speaking, an idle
-man. He, being a full colonel and of so many years’ standing, was
-entitled by the orders of the army in India to the local rank of
-major-general, and to a separate command. Therefore I felt sure of
-getting the regiment again before long. We now got into the month of
-April, and the heat was great and most cruelly trying. We spoke much of
-the delightful climate of Moulmein, and of the dear friends whom we had
-left behind us there. The heat and the change of climate soon produced
-much sickness amongst our officers and men. Fever and cholera prevailed,
-and we lost many men and Assistant-Surgeon McBean from the latter
-fearful malady. He was quite well and dined at the mess the night of his
-death. He sat opposite to me and was in high spirits, and I observed he
-ate heartily and stayed at table for an hour or two afterwards. On
-retiring to his room he was suddenly seized with cholera at about two
-o’clock in the morning, and died in agony soon afterwards. He was buried
-the same day.
-
-In June we had a fearful storm, or rather a hurricane, lasting two days
-and nights. Much damage was done, and many ships and river craft driven
-on shore and totally lost, but it cleared and purified the air, and
-sickness and cholera disappeared for a time.
-
-Early in July orders were received to hold the regiment in readiness to
-proceed in country boats to Cawnpore, and about the middle of the month
-all the arrangements were completed by the commissariat, and a fleet of
-about 80 or more boats had arrived at Chinsurah for our embarkation. The
-officers were granted (according to rank) a liberal money allowance to
-provide their own boat, and they generally got first-rate budgerows,
-with accommodation for two or three officers, for less than the money
-allowed by Government, so that the officers of each company might go
-together or hire a budgerow for each individually, as they liked. These
-boats were very comfortable, and had each two good cabins and a
-bath-room; and the officers’ personal furniture of tables and chairs,
-beds, and chests of drawers left nothing wanting. All the boats were
-covered with canvas awnings. Each budgerow was attended by two small
-boats—one fitted with a clay oven and fireplace for cooking, and the
-other carried the luggage and servants, who kept close to their masters,
-and came on board without delay or difficulty whenever they were wanted.
-The men’s boats were large, clumsy craft, with matting awnings, and
-calculated to accommodate from twenty to thirty soldiers, with their
-arms, accoutrements, and knapsacks. These had each a cooking boat
-attached, with cooks and assistants. There were also at least a dozen
-commissariat boats, with live stock and bullocks, sheep and poultry, as
-well as spirits and wine for the voyage, and there were hospital-boats,
-where none but the ailing and sick were admitted. The commissariat had
-also bakers’ boats, so that we had fresh bread daily. Before we started
-each company was furnished with distinguishing flags; mine was distinct,
-a St. Andrew’s Cross on a red ground; and in addition to the
-commissariat provisions, the officers had their own private stock of
-poultry, hams, and wines.
-
-With all these means, good accommodation, and creature comforts one
-might hope for a pleasant change and merry trip on the rivers Hooghly
-and Ganges, but in course of this voyage we were disappointed.
-Notwithstanding much variety and fun, we had occasionally to encounter
-great difficulties. At last we got under way from Chinsurah about the
-end of July, with strict orders to the boats of each company to keep as
-much as possible together, and to be guided by their respective
-distinguishing flags. Any neglect of this arrangement was at once
-visible and checked. We had our advance and rear guards—the first an
-officer’s budgerow, to point out any difficulties in the river to the
-advancing fleet, and the rear guard consisting of the captain and
-subaltern of the day, and one of the men’s boats from each company in
-succession daily. Their duty was to assist any of the boats of the fleet
-which got into distress from accident or bad management. When the winds
-favoured the whole fleet made sail, and when they were against us the
-boats were towed along the banks of the river, or from the shallow
-sandbanks by the whole of the crews, by means of ropes tied to the top
-of the mast. This was very slow and fatiguing work against the strong
-currents. In this way we some days made fifteen to twenty miles, but
-generally not more than six.
-
-At eight every morning the halt for breakfast was sounded, and the
-officers on duty selected the next favourable bank of the river for
-securing the boats during breakfast. To that spot all the fleet pushed
-on, and made fast with ropes and pegs. The Hindoo bearers and servants,
-on account of their religion, would not eat their food in the boats, but
-landed and made their sacred circle for cooking and eating on shore.
-Half an hour was allowed for breakfast, and the same time for dinner. At
-one o’clock the halt for dinner was heard, and the officers again
-selected a safe place. Frequent interruptions were occasioned by stress
-of weather, and the loss or absence of one or more boats, and we had
-many severe and sudden gales, which caused not only the upsetting but
-the total loss of several boats, and in two instances the drowning of a
-few unfortunate soldiers and women. At Dinapore we halted and dined with
-the officers of the 21st Fusiliers, and a most happy evening we had with
-them. We also had opportunities of visiting the principal towns on the
-banks of the Hooghly and Ganges, viz., Barrackpore, Dinapore, Monghyr,
-Patna, Benares, Ghazipore, Mirzapore, Allahabad, and several other
-places. At Benares we were most hospitably received and feasted by the
-rajah at his splendid country residence, after the English fashion.
-There we had also a severe gale at noonday, which carried my budgerow
-away from its mooring down the stream, but I managed to jump out of one
-of the windows up to my shoulders in the river, and fortunately got safe
-on shore, but of course with a good ducking. For some hours before this
-we dreaded a storm; the clouds were dark and heavy all the morning, and
-so visible was its approach that we got alarmed and landed our tents and
-all our baggage on the banks of the river for safety. These precautions
-were not long completed before the gale burst upon us with sudden fury,
-carrying away my budgerow and many other boats.
-
-About this time cholera again broke out amongst our men, and we lost
-several, but the greater number of those attacked recovered, owing, no
-doubt, to our constant change of air. One supposed reason for these
-attacks was that in most of the confined parts of the river the floating
-dead and decomposed bodies of Hindoos of all ages were so numerous that
-they were actually massed together in hundreds where the stream drove
-them, and where the current was not sufficiently strong to disperse and
-carry them away. The Hindoos generally disposed of their dead in the
-holy Ganges, and consequently they were to be seen in all parts of the
-river and in all stages of decomposition, with vultures everywhere
-feeding upon them. In halting and securing our boats for the night we
-always selected good and firm “lagowing” ground and smooth water, and as
-our large fleet was packed all together, we were sure to find in the
-mornings dozens of these floating bodies brought up by the current, and
-jammed between and all round our boats in the most disgusting manner,
-and we could not get rid of them, nor clear of them until we were again
-under way and in the open running stream.
-
-During our voyage we saw many alligators daily sunning themselves on the
-various sandbanks which appear in the middle and other parts of the
-river. They were very wild, but sometimes our sportsmen got a shot at
-them before they plunged into the water. Some may have been wounded, but
-we never knew that any had been killed. Our men were strictly forbidden
-to bathe, for fear of the strong currents, and of our friends the
-alligators, but, notwithstanding these orders, some ventured on the sly
-to indulge in this recreation. It was on one of these occasions that
-Daniel Shean,[1] a soldier of the light company, who was an excellent
-swimmer, ventured into the river, and was seen by his comrades soon
-after to sink, and never to rise again. The firm belief of every one was
-that he was seized and pulled under by an alligator and carried bodily
-away. I omitted to mention that the officers had tiffin (lunch) at the
-men’s dinner-hour, one o’clock, and dined after the halt of the day,
-generally about sunset, and enjoyed themselves afterwards till bedtime
-either visiting, or resting with every comfort round them, in their
-budgerows. At last we reached Cawnpore, in the middle of October, having
-been about three months on our voyage.
-
-Footnote 1:
-
- See above, p. 167.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVIII
-
- IN COMMAND AT CAWNPORE
-
-
-Life at Cawnpore—Quarrel between Mowatt and Burke—Court-martial.
-
-
-IN spite of our disasters and losses, we enjoyed ourselves fairly well.
-Our commissariat was perfect. In fine weather, with the wind fair, it
-was a novel and imposing sight to watch our large fleet under all sail
-with our gay flags flying. The men’s barracks were ready to receive the
-regiment, and as we had sent on our bearers some days before to select
-quarters, we all found comfortable houses ready for us on our arrival.
-The barracks were on a rising open ground near the river. We were
-allowed lodging money according to rank, which was more than sufficient
-for the field officers to have each a large and comfortable bungalow,
-with many rooms, baths, and stables, and the others had similar
-accommodation by two or three of them joining and living together. There
-was also a most liberal money allowance for our mess house. The district
-was commanded by Major-General Gray, and the station by Major-General
-Sir Joseph Thackwell, and Captain Tudor of our regiment was A.D.C. to
-the former. We found the 11th and 31st Regiments of Bengal Native
-Infantry, and several batteries of European Bengal Artillery and the 5th
-Bengal Native Cavalry in garrison on our arrival. The 9th Lancers joined
-us soon after. Nothing very remarkable occurred during the first twelve
-months of our residence at Cawnpore. We had frequent social gatherings
-at our respective messes, and our two generals entertained us
-repeatedly. In January, 1843, Colonel Woodhouse received the local rank
-of major-general and was appointed to command at Meerut, and I succeeded
-again to the command of the 50th Regiment.
-
-An unfortunate quarrel took place at Cawnpore between two of our
-officers, Lieutenant Mowatt and Assistant-Surgeon Bourke, and a general
-court-martial was unavoidable, the first which was known on an officer
-of our regiment for thirty-nine years. They were playing billiards after
-dinner and differed, or rather quarrelled, when some very offensive
-language was used by both, but more especially by Bourke. A challenge to
-fight a duel followed from Mowatt, and Bourke declined to fight except
-with swords. The seconds objected to this, and insisted on pistols as
-the customary weapon with Englishmen, but Bourke remained obstinate, and
-would only fight with swords. Next morning they went out and met at an
-appointed place, the seconds, or rather Bourke’s friend, being provided
-with both pistols and swords. Here again Bourke insisted on his right to
-choose his own arms. After a good deal of talk, without any effect on
-Bourke’s decision, Mowatt said, “Well, sir, then here is at you, with
-swords,” taking up one and putting himself in a posture of defence at
-the same moment. Bourke then declined to fight at all! clearly showing
-he never intended doing so, and that he named swords in the hope of
-avoiding altogether a hostile meeting. They then returned to their
-quarters and communicated all that happened to Captain Wilton, the
-senior officer present when the quarrel took place, who at once put them
-both under arrest and reported the whole of this most discreditable
-affair to me as the commanding officer. Until then I knew nothing
-whatever of it.
-
-After due consideration I was satisfied that nothing less than their
-removal from the regiment or a general court-martial could take place,
-and I was unwilling for the honour of the regiment to have recourse to
-the latter expedient. I therefore determined to report the whole affair
-to Major-General Sir Joseph Thackwell, commanding the garrison, and
-afterwards, if necessary, to Major-General Gray, commanding the
-district, and to procure leave of absence for them both for the express
-purpose of exchanging at once to some other regiments; and in making
-this request to both these general officers I founded my request on the
-high character of the regiment and my unwillingness to stain our
-reputation by a general court-martial, and told them that for
-thirty-nine years the 50th Regiment had not had one officer brought to
-trial. Sir Joseph Thackwell heard me most kindly and fully entered into
-my feelings and wishes, and recommended me at once to see General Gray
-on the subject; and that officer in like manner agreed to my request,
-but stated that in making my application to Major-General Sir Harry
-Smith, the Adjutant-General of the Army, for their leave of absence, I
-must state the whole of the circumstances, and my unwillingness to
-tarnish the high reputation of my regiment by recourse to a general
-court-martial. To this I agreed, and made my application to the
-adjutant-general accordingly (my old comrade, Sir Harry Smith), which
-was forwarded and recommended in due course by Generals Thackwell and
-Gray. But by return of post I received rather a severe letter from Sir
-Harry Smith, informing me that if the officers named were not fit to
-serve in the 50th Regiment they were not fit to serve in any other, and
-ordering me at once to prefer written charges against them, with a view
-to their being immediately brought before a general court-martial.
-
-I had now no other course left, so I sent in my charges without further
-delay, and, in a few days more, the general order for the court-martial
-appeared, to assemble at Cawnpore on a given day. That day soon arrived,
-and the court-martial assembled accordingly, Colonel Scott, C.B., of the
-9th Lancers, being the president. As a matter of duty, I was obliged to
-appear as prosecutor, and the court being duly sworn and the prisoners
-arraigned, I was called forward. I commenced my address to the court by
-lamenting my present most painful and distressing duty, and yet my
-comparative satisfaction in being able to say that my previous intimacy
-and friendship with the prisoners, especially with Lieutenant Mowatt,
-must prove to the court, to them, and to the world that I was in no way
-influenced by any unkind or vindictive feeling: on the contrary, that I
-sincerely sympathized with them, and with the distress of every officer
-of the regiment on this trying occasion. I then spoke much of the high
-character and reputation of the regiment, the constant and great
-unanimity and brotherly friendship of its officers, and the absence for
-thirty-nine years of any such occurrence; and concluded with an ardent
-hope that the present would be the first and last occasion of its kind.
-I then called in succession the officers who were present and witnessed
-the various matters stated in the charges, and the prisoners having
-offered nothing in their defence beyond calling on me and several of the
-other senior officers to speak of their previous character and conduct,
-the proceedings here closed, and the court was cleared to deliberate on
-its finding and sentence.
-
-The proceedings were forwarded in the usual manner for the consideration
-of the Commander-in-Chief, General Lord Gough. I remained very anxious,
-for the evidence was so clear that I could not but anticipate the
-result, and I was especially sorry and concerned for my little friend
-and protégé, Lieutenant Mowatt. At last the General Orders promulgating
-the finding and sentence of the court arrived. Both were found guilty.
-Lieutenant Mowatt was sentenced to be severely reprimanded, and
-Assistant-Surgeon Bourke to be cashiered. These sentences were approved
-and confirmed by the Commander-in-Chief, but in consideration of the
-high character and renown of the 50th Regiment, his Excellency the
-Commander-in-Chief was pleased to remit both sentences and to order
-these officers to return to their duties. This was most gratifying to us
-all, for we considered this the highest compliment that could be paid to
-the regiment, and next we rejoiced to find our friend Mowatt (who was a
-general favourite) again back in safety and honour amongst us; but Dr.
-Bourke was not much liked at any time, and now, from his pusillanimous
-conduct, less than ever. Fortunately for him, his seniority in the
-service led to his promotion at home to be surgeon of another regiment
-before anything of this court-martial was known in England, and so he
-left us for ever soon after.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIX
-
- THE GWALIOR CAMPAIGN
-
-
-Expedition to Gwalior—In command of the regiment—Brigadier Black—His
- accident—I am appointed to the command of the brigade—Battle of
- Punniar—In General Gray’s absence I order a charge on the enemy’s
- guns—Severely wounded
-
-
-SHORTLY after this we had more pleasant and exciting hopes and
-prospects. War—war! Rumours of war were now heard everywhere, and I soon
-received orders to hold the regiment in readiness for immediate service.
-Most of our officers were young, and, with the exception of myself, I
-believe not one of them had ever seen a shot fired in earnest. All our
-men were equally strangers to a campaign, but all were full of ardour
-and zeal, and most anxious to meet an enemy. As I knew them to be well
-in hand and in the most perfect state of discipline, I was not less
-proud of my command and of the prospect of showing (should the
-opportunity offer) that we were all equal to our duty. In a few days the
-General Orders detailed the particulars of an expedition against the
-revolted troops of the Maharajah and government of Gwalior. Our forces
-were divided into two distinct bodies. The larger, consisting of many of
-her Majesty’s regiments of infantry and cavalry and European artillery,
-and a number of regiments of Bengal native infantry and cavalry and
-artillery, with commissariat and medical departments, was concentrated
-from the different up-country stations, and ordered to rendezvous at a
-given place under the immediate command of the Commander-in-Chief, then
-Sir Hugh Gough, attended by the Governor-General, Lord Ellenborough, all
-the headquarters staff, and several general officers in command of
-divisions and brigades, and all these marched upon Gwalior by a given
-route. The second column of the army, under Major-General Gray,
-consisted of the 3rd Buffs, the 50th Regiment, and the 9th Lancers. Also
-five regiments of Bengal native infantry, two regiments of Bengal native
-cavalry, and several batteries of European artillery, commissariat, and
-medical departments marched from Cawnpore and Allahabad and other
-stations in November, and were concentrated for the first time in
-brigades on a very extensive plain about half-way between Gwalior and
-Cawnpore. There we halted, encamped, and remained for nearly three
-weeks.
-
-Our brigade was composed of the 50th Regiment and the 50th and 58th
-Regiments of Native Infantry, and under the command of Brigadier Black,
-of the Bengal army. That officer had for many years held a civil
-appointment, and candidly confessed that he knew nothing of the duties
-of a military command and much less of manœuvring a body of men. At this
-time General Gray had us out daily at brigade field-days, allowing each
-brigadier to select his own manœuvres. I was the second in command of
-our brigade, and our zealous brigadier used to come daily to my tent,
-and, with all simplicity and candour, confess that he really could not
-attempt to manœuvre his men unless I assisted him by giving him a
-regular lesson of what he was to do each day. I, of course, consented to
-do so, and wrote him out five or six simple manœuvres for each day, and
-explained them over and over again until he appeared to understand them
-perfectly. He used then to leave me and to study his lesson for the rest
-of the evening, and so well that, when he appeared on parade next day,
-from memory he put his brigade through the required movements with
-perfect confidence and without once making a mistake, and he continued
-this daily, while we remained in that encampment.
-
-During the whole of this time we knew that the main body of our army
-under Sir Hugh Gough was halted and encamped within twenty miles of us,
-on a different road to our right, and employed daily like ourselves in
-field-days. Native troopers, with dispatches, passed between both
-divisions almost daily. I never knew the reason of this delay; but it
-was by many believed to be caused by awaiting the result of pending
-negotiations. At last we again got _en route_, our division still
-keeping the main road from Cawnpore to Gwalior through the Antre Pass,
-with orders to examine that formidable position before we attempted to
-enter it. While halted and encamped on the evening of the 25th December
-our brigadier had a serious accident. He was examining his pistols, when
-one of them suddenly went off and wounded him severely in the head. This
-obliged him to be sent at once to the rear to the nearest military
-station, and I was on the same day appointed by General Gray to the
-command of the brigade, with the rank of brigadier. Such is the fate and
-chance of war, and I was delighted with my promotion and prospects, for
-we were now more than ever certain of meeting our enemy, the Mahrattas,
-in battle.
-
-But before I go further I must mention that on leaving Cawnpore I wrote
-to my agent, John Allan, at Calcutta, requesting him to insure my life
-in favour of my dear wife for £6,000, and while delayed in camp Mr.
-Allan sent me the necessary papers for me and our surgeon to fill up and
-sign, to enable him to complete the insurance. This was duly done and
-the papers returned to him, and by return of post I had another letter
-from Mr. Allan, saying all was right, that I might make myself perfectly
-easy. But on the very evening of my promotion as brigadier I received
-another letter from Mr. Allan, informing me that the insurance office
-(being now confident of our going into action) had declined the
-insurance on my life without an additional high premium, and begging to
-know what he was to do. I instantly wrote to him declining, and saying
-that I would take my chance, as I had often done before.
-
-On the morning of the fourth day after this, namely, on the 29th of
-December, we came in sight of the Antre Pass, and General Gray, with a
-strong escort of cavalry, having been sent on to reconnoitre, soon
-returned at full speed to inform the Commander-in-Chief that the pass
-was strongly occupied by the enemy, with many guns in battery. A halt
-was then ordered, and after half an hour’s consultation with his staff,
-General Gray ordered us to stand again to our arms, and put the column
-in motion at a right angle to our left, thus intending to turn the
-enemy’s position, and so march upon Gwalior. Some of us felt this a
-disappointment, but we soon heard that the general’s orders were not to
-attack the enemy unless he attacked us.
-
-We commenced our flank march. There was a ridge of hills running for
-miles directly parallel to our route, and not many hundred yards from
-us. We, quite unconscious of any danger, never thought of reconnoitring
-that ground, which our general decidedly should have done, and continued
-our flank march with only the usual precautions of our advance and rear
-guards, and from one end to the other (with our column and baggage,
-commissariat, and bazaar) we must have occupied a line of road of at
-least ten miles. Still nothing happened, nothing was expected, until
-about three o’clock in the evening, when the column was halted for the
-day and began to prepare to receive our tents and camp equipage. Then we
-were suddenly roused by bang, bang of artillery in our rear, and soon
-after by cavalry videttes from the rear guard (still many miles from us)
-galloping into our lines in great confusion, and frantically shouting
-that our rear guard was attacked and being cut to pieces.
-
-It was now ascertained that from the time we changed our line of march
-to the left, so as to turn the Antre Pass, the enemy left that position
-also, and moved all day parallel to our position and column, keeping the
-ridge of hills between us until they came over and attacked our rear
-guard. The “Assembly” was immediately sounded, and we stood to our arms,
-and reinforcements of native infantry and cavalry were instantly
-dispatched to assist the rear guard, and at the same time the 3rd
-Regiment of Buffs, under Lieut.-Colonel Cluney, was sent to the left
-front over a spur of the ridge of hills already mentioned, my brigade
-and Brigadier Wheeler’s remaining stationary with the general and staff,
-all ready for orders. Meantime the attack and defence of the rear guard
-became louder and nearer, and we could hear not only constant discharges
-of artillery, but regular volleys of musketry and independent file
-firing, and with these we could distinctly hear a heavy cannonade at a
-considerable distance. This we supposed at the time to be from Gwalior;
-but it afterwards proved to be our troops under the command of our
-Commander-in-Chief, Sir Hugh Gough, engaged in battle with the enemy at
-Maharajpore.
-
-In a very short time a staff officer came galloping back from Colonel
-Cluney and reported that the enemy was in great force in his front; on
-which General Gray ordered me to advance with my brigade to the support,
-with all speed. We moved off in open columns of companies at the double,
-and soon found ourselves under the range of the enemy’s guns, fired from
-the other side of the ridge of hills, and the shot now passing over us.
-When we got close under the rising ground I halted my brigade in close
-columns of regiments, and the general rode up and inquired angrily why I
-had halted. I said to load, as I thought it was now high time to do so,
-for the enemy’s shots were still passing rapidly over us. As soon as we
-had loaded, I advanced the whole brigade as we then stood, in close
-column of companies by regiments, and as soon as we reached the summit
-of the hill we came at once in sight of a large portion of the Mahratta
-army in order of battle, and were instantly under a heavy fire from
-their artillery and infantry. I rode in front of my column, and deployed
-them on the grenadiers of the 50th Regiment, the 50th Native Infantry
-taking our right and the 58th Native Infantry our left. All this was
-done in double quick and without the slightest confusion, and all as
-steady as rocks. I then took my station in rear of the centre, and
-ordered my bugler to sound “Commence firing.” Up to that time, so
-admirably steady were the men that not a shot was fired until the order
-was given. But then they opened in earnest, and kept it up with the most
-steady regularity. Meantime, two batteries of our artillery were brought
-to our right, followed by our first infantry brigade, and these got at
-once into action, and about half a mile to our left we saw Colonel
-Cluney and his regiment and a battery of our artillery warmly engaged,
-and sending shots occasionally into the enemy’s columns and batteries in
-our front.
-
-By this time a number of our men fell killed and wounded, and it was now
-getting late and the sun about setting. A deep rough and rocky valley
-separated us from the enemy. My men were falling fast, and I saw no
-chance of driving our foes before us without crossing the valley and
-giving them the bayonet. I looked round everywhere for General Gray and
-his staff, but could nowhere see them. I asked my brigade-major if he
-knew where the general was, but he did not; so rather than lose a
-chance, and my men, without doing any good, I instantly made up my mind
-to advance and at them. I ordered my bugler to sound the “Advance.” It
-was at once passed along the line, and off we went at a rapid, steady
-pace down the valley, keeping up a brisk independent firing all the
-while, and receiving the enemy’s shot and shell and musketry in rapid
-succession. The ground was so rough, with loose rocks and stones, that I
-and all the mounted officers were obliged to dismount; but with the loss
-of some men killed and wounded we managed to reach a clear space at the
-bottom of the valley. It was then all but dark, when, after hurriedly
-reforming our ranks, I gave the order to charge the enemy’s guns, and at
-this instant I positively saw one of the Mahratta artillerymen put his
-match to his gun (not many hundred yards from us), the contents of which
-(grape-shot) knocked me and Captain Cobbam and about a dozen men of my
-brave 50th over. Captain Hough and two or three men came instantly to
-assist me, and offered to take me to the rear, where the medical
-officers were sure to be found; but I said, “No; never mind me: take
-those guns!” and with many hearty cheers they were all taken in a few
-minutes, the brave Mahrattas standing by their guns to the last, and
-refusing to quit them or to run, when positively ordered and pushed
-aside by our men’s bayonets. Move they would not, until they were
-slaughtered on the spot.
-
-When I was hit I was knocked clean over, and thought it was from a round
-shot, and that I was, of course, done for. My only care and regret was
-that my dear wife would lose the intended insurance on my life, and so
-be left, with our children, worse off than I intended. These thoughts
-occupied my mind until I was soon after assisted off the field by
-Sergeant Quick and two soldiers to where the medical officers were
-attending to the wounded. I had not got far when, by the light of the
-new moon, just rising, I saw an officer sitting under a tree, bleeding
-profusely, and resting his head on one arm, and with two or three
-soldiers supporting him. I inquired who it was, and was told Captain
-Cobbam, wounded severely in five different places, but still alive. I
-told them who I was, and that I was then on my way to the doctors, and
-begged the men to take him there also. A few yards farther on I met the
-surgeon of the 9th Lancers. He then examined my wound, putting one of
-his fingers in where the ball entered, and another where it passed out
-of my body, and then said, “Never fear; you are all right.” This was
-indeed cheering, and enough to make me forget my fears about the loss to
-my dear wife of the insurance on my life. He then ordered my escort to
-take me a little way farther over the hill, where they would find all
-the medical officers and wounded. We reached them in safety, but faint
-from much loss of blood. I was again examined, dressed, and well
-bandaged, and again reassured and told not to be alarmed, as my wound,
-though severe, was not dangerous. They then put me in a doolie with four
-bearers and my escort, and ordered them to carry me direct to our camp.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXX
-
- WOUNDED AND MADE MUCH OF
-
-
-“My brigade had carried all before it”—Painful return to camp—General
- Gray’s dispatch
-
-
-I NOW felt much refreshed, and was more pleased with my wound and my
-good luck than if I had altogether escaped, and, finally, I began to
-calculate on the honour and glory which must follow our victory, for I
-was told before I left the field of battle that my brigade had carried
-all before it. The new moon soon failed, and my escort and I were
-suddenly left in utter darkness, in a rough and undulating country,
-without a path or any other means to guide us. It was a bitter cold
-night, and I soon became alarmed lest we should lose our way and perhaps
-get into the enemy’s lines, and I was not less afraid that my
-doolie-bearers might bolt and leave me to my sufferings for the night.
-In this critical situation I called to Sergeant Quick to halt for a
-moment, and then told him and his men to keep a sharp look out on the
-bearers, and if they attempted to run, to fire upon them, and, if
-possible, to try and explain this to them. I then told him that if he
-heard or saw any suspicious-looking men to let me know at once, but not
-to attempt to fire until I ordered. I still retained my sword in my
-hand, and had perfect possession of my faculties, and, if attacked, my
-mind was fully made up to fight for my life.
-
-We wandered and wandered for nearly an hour without any signs of our
-camp, or meeting any one, or knowing where we were going. I felt the
-piercing cold more and more, for there was a sharp frost, and I was
-sensible of losing blood fast through my bandages, for my doolie was
-well saturated with it. I confess I felt uneasy and alarmed, and in this
-state I now ordered Sergeant Quick to put me down so as to rest the
-bearers, and himself to go a little in front and to lie down and listen
-for any sounds which might reach him. He soon returned and said he could
-hear nothing, and proposed that we should go on to the top of a rising
-ground not far from us. We did so, and again I was put down, and the
-sergeant went out in front again to listen, returning soon with the
-joyful news that he heard the noise of wheels, as if of artillery or
-wagons. I then directed them to take me up and to make for that
-direction. My teeth were now chattering with the cold, and I felt weaker
-and weaker, but we managed to get over another half-mile or more of
-ground, and then I was put down once more, and the sergeant, as before,
-went to listen. He now returned in all haste, saying he could see
-numerous lights and was sure it was our own camp! This truly revived and
-cheered us all, and off we started almost at a trot, and, sure enough,
-in half an hour more we entered our camp, and soon after I was in my own
-tent and my own bed.
-
-I was indeed thankful, but so cold and shivering that I asked a native
-hospital assistant, who soon found me, if a glass of hot brandy and
-water would do me any harm. He said not the least, so I immediately sent
-my kitmutgar to our mess-man to get one for me; it was brought, and I
-did enjoy it, and was just finishing the last drop, when in came our
-surgeon, Dr. Davidson, and on being told what I had done he instantly
-pitched into his hospital assistant, and in real anger threatened to
-destroy him, for giving me the means of causing inflammation and fever!
-When he got a little cool he removed my bandages, dressed my wounds, and
-again wrapped me up securely for the night, and put me to bed, leaving
-strict orders with my bearer and kitmutgar to remain with me, to give me
-nothing but barley-water if I wanted a drink, and to call him if
-necessary. I soon became warm and composed, and upon the whole had a
-good and quiet night, and slept at intervals soundly. Next morning Dr.
-Davidson examined and dressed my wound, and told me I had had a narrow
-escape, and that I was now doing well. He also informed me that poor
-Cobbam was dead; he had received no less than five grape-shot, three in
-his body and two in his arm, and died in a doolie soon after I saw him.
-
-My wound was about three inches above the left groin, close to the hip,
-and happily without touching the bone; had it been one inch more to the
-right it would have been fatal, and instant death, but it pleased God to
-order otherwise, and I was then, and continue to this day, truly
-thankful. I said before, I was knocked clean over, and thought it was by
-a round shot. It struck me on the waist-belt, carrying parts of my belt,
-trousers, drawers, shirt, and flannel in with it, and the getting rid of
-these fragments day after day in threads and small particles afterwards
-caused me more pain than any sufferings from my wound. These grape-shots
-were made up in a canvas bag as large as the body of a bottle, with
-wooden bottoms, and tied at the top with strong cord. They contained
-from eighty to a hundred jagged balls, nearly twice the size of an
-ordinary musket-ball, and they were secured by cords wound crossways and
-about an inch apart on the bag. When discharged or fired the bag is
-burst at once, and the balls carry death and destruction, broadcast,
-wherever they fall. My belt being shot through, it dropped off, and with
-it I lost my scabbard, which I regretted then, and do to this day.
-
-So ended in victory the battle of Punniar, on the night of the 29th of
-December, 1843. All the enemy’s guns were taken, and the survivors of
-their army fled in utter confusion and disorder, leaving all their
-baggage and stores and many arms behind. Strange to say, on the same day
-the main body of the Mahratta army was similarly defeated by Sir Hugh
-Gough and our headquarters forces at Maharajpore. This was the distant
-cannonade and firing which we heard before going into action.
-
-For a day or two the doctor would not allow any one to see me, but soon
-after I had many visits from my brother-officers, and all to
-congratulate me on my escape, and, above all, on what they were pleased
-to call my “daring, dashing charge across the valley.” Every one spoke
-of this, and said it had decidedly crowned the success of the day.
-
-At last General Gray’s dispatch appeared in the public papers, and after
-detailing at length the operations of the day, he concluded by saying
-that “the 2nd Infantry Brigade, under Brigadier Anderson, of H.M. 50th
-Regiment, by an able and judicious movement turned the enemy’s position,
-charged and took his guns, and so contributed to the final success of
-the day.” My officers were not even satisfied with this, and maintained
-that much more should have been said, and all blamed Captain Tudor, the
-A.D.C., who was known to have great influence with the general and to
-have had much to say and to do in writing the official report of the
-battle. In short, Tudor was everything with the general, even to the
-management of his household, and for this he was familiarly and
-privately called “the chief butler,” and during an angry discussion of
-this dispatch, our paymaster, Captain Dodd (who was a witty fellow),
-summed up by saying, “Yes, yes; the chief butler forgot Joseph!” It was
-also urged and maintained that, supposing I had failed in my dash into
-the valley and lost my brigade or been defeated, General Gray would then
-have blamed me for attempting to move without his orders, and perhaps
-brought me to a general court-martial. But all is well that ends well,
-and so I am satisfied, although I do confess I was, like my friends, a
-little disappointed at the time.
-
-We remained some days in our encampment at Punniar, and then marched for
-Gwalior, where we found the rest of our field forces encamped under the
-Commander-in-Chief, Sir Hugh Gough. The Governor-General, Lord
-Ellenborough, and his numerous staff were also encamped with our army.
-Here we continued for nearly three weeks, during which time the most
-happy and social intercourse took place between the different regiments
-and corps. We all had our splendid mess marquees and full
-establishments, wines and luxuries of every kind, and nothing wanting,
-and public dinners every day followed as a matter of course. The
-Governor-General and Sir Hugh Gough had also their magnificent
-establishments, and had their tables crowded every day with guests from
-each of the regiments. I and many others were confined to our tents and
-to our beds from our wounds, and could not share in these festivities,
-but whatever was ordered and good for us we received regularly from our
-respective messes.
-
-I had another advantage: my tent was pitched so near our mess marquee
-that I could almost distinctly hear every word that was spoken, and
-frequently my own name and health drunk with much cheering and applause.
-This acknowledgment may sound to others like vanity, but I still confess
-I was well pleased and proud of the good opinion of my brother-warriors.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXI
-
- RETURN TO CAWNPORE
-
-
-Slow recovery from my wound—Painful journey by palanquin to Cawnpore—Am
- created a C.B.—Other honours and promotions
-
-
-THE weather still continued bitterly cold, and about daylight on one of
-these mornings a tall figure, more than usually wrapped, entered my
-tent, stood in the door, and asked kindly, “How are you getting on,
-colonel?” I must have been in pain or bad humour, for I bluntly said,
-“Who are you—what do you want?” He quietly answered, “Lord
-Ellenborough,” so I at once asked a thousand pardons and begged he would
-walk in and sit down. He continued his inquiries most kindly, and took a
-chair and sat down by my bedside. He remained some time with me, and
-paid me many more visits afterwards. He was also in the habit of
-visiting all the other wounded officers and men daily, and to the latter
-(in bad cases) he used to give gold mohurs to comfort them for their
-sufferings, and these our men prized very much and made into rings in
-remembrance of our good and popular Governor-General, Lord Ellenborough.
-
-After these battles the Mahratta army submitted to our Government, and
-in about a fortnight afterwards six or eight thousand of them actually
-volunteered to enter our service, and were at once formed into ten
-regiments under British officers selected from the Bengal native forces,
-and styled from that day “The Gwalior Contingent.” They remained
-faithful to our service until the general mutiny of the native Bengal
-army, and then I believe they joined the revolt to a man.
-
-About this time I had the happiness of receiving more than one letter
-from my dear wife, and I made many efforts on my back and in my bed to
-write to her. My first letter was written a few days after I was
-wounded, and I managed to get my sash across my back under my arms, and
-tied to that a piece of rope, secured and tightened to the top of the
-pole of my tent, so as to raise and support my head and upper part of my
-body, and so enable me to write pretty comfortably. I was in high
-spirits, and I gave her a cheering account of my sufferings and a
-glowing report of my success.
-
-Our encampment was outside the town and fort of Gwalior, and our
-officers made frequent visits to both, and especially to the fort, which
-was very extensive and well worth seeing. It is built upon a long and
-very high range of rocks, and only accessible by one entrance over a
-drawbridge, the road to which is a long and narrow one, over a minor
-spur of the same chain of rocks. I was curious to see this formidable
-fortification, and on one fine morning I was raised from my bed and put
-into a doolie, well propped up with pillows by my good and trusty friend
-Captain Dodd. He and a few more of the officers accompanied me on my
-excursion. The change and fresh air did me great good, and I was much
-pleased with all I saw, and with the marked and courteous civilities we
-received from the Mahratta officers and soldiers who garrisoned the
-fort, for at this time all enmity between us had passed away, and our
-officers and men were in the habit of meeting them daily and constantly.
-
-I do not remember anything more of any particular note taking place
-while our army remained before Gwalior. About the last week in January,
-General Orders were issued for the whole of our forces to return to
-their former respective quarters, and my regiment commenced its march
-soon after for Cawnpore. After I was wounded I gave up the immediate
-command of my regiment to Major Petit, leaving all the daily details to
-him; but he consulted me in all important matters, and always fixed the
-hours of marching in the mornings at the time most convenient to me. I
-was carried in my doolie at the head of my regiment every day, and on
-halting found my tent all ready pitched in proper position, with my bed
-and all my comforts prepared for me; for in returning to Cawnpore
-through a free country our baggage, commissariat, and stores always took
-the advance of our column of march, and arrived on our camping-ground
-each morning some time before us. Such was the efficiency of our native
-servants that everything, even to our breakfasts, was ready on our
-arrival. Our march seldom exceeded from ten to fifteen miles daily, so
-that we were comfortably camped and settled before the heat became
-oppressive, and the remainder of each day was spent by the officers and
-men as they best could. I continued to get on as well as could be
-expected, but as I could only lie in one position (on my right side), my
-arm, shoulder, and hip became sore and chafed, and this and the jolting
-of my doolie, and latterly of my palanquin, left me much fatigued each
-day before our march was over. In this way our daily journey was
-continued for three weeks, a distance of two hundred and twenty miles to
-Cawnpore, and there we arrived at last in safety, about the middle of
-February. I marched in, or rather was carried in, at the head of my
-regiment, in my palanquin, with our band playing “See the Conquering
-Hero comes.” All the women and children and the few troops and invalids
-who remained in garrison turned out to receive and welcome us, and the
-cheering and shouting which followed, and the welcomes, and “God save
-the Colonel!” from one and all, were, I confess, most gratifying to me.
-
-We were soon comfortably settled in our old quarters. I was obliged to
-keep my bed for some months afterwards, but continued otherwise in good
-health and spirits, and my medical friends assured me I was progressing
-as well as they could wish. My greatest sufferings were from the
-constant and unchanged position on my right side to which I was obliged
-to keep, and from the still continued extraction of threads and small
-particles of clothing which had been carried into my wound. But at last
-this painful annoyance ceased, and from that time healing followed
-rapidly.
-
-In March we received official acknowledgment of our services from the
-Home authorities, with notices of various honours and promotions
-conferred in consequence. I had the proud satisfaction of seeing my name
-amongst the few who were appointed by her Majesty to be Companions of
-the Bath. My friends Majors Ryan and Petit were made brevet
-lieut.-colonels, and Major-General Gray a K.C.B., and his A.D.C.,
-Captain Tudor (the chief butler), a brevet major. All other officers of
-both divisions of our army who had similar claims were either decorated
-or promoted. I had also the satisfaction of receiving a letter from our
-agents, Messrs. Cox & Co., informing me that the Secretary of War had
-been pleased to grant me eighteen months’ additional pay for my wounds
-(commonly called “blood money”), and authorizing me to draw for the
-same. We were further informed that her Majesty the Queen was graciously
-pleased to order that the regiments engaged at Maharajpore should bear
-the name on their colours and appointments, and the regiments engaged at
-Punniar, that name in like manner on their colours and appointments. All
-this good news was very cheering and gratifying to us, and all expressed
-their readiness to fight and to conquer again. Then followed an order
-from the Governor-General of India granting to each officer and soldier
-who served in either of these battles a decoration, a bronze star to be
-worn on the left breast, suspended from the ribbon of India, and to be
-made from the cannon captured in these actions, with the words
-“Maharajpore, 29th December, 1843,” on a silver medallion on the centre
-of the star, for the troops who served there; the word “Punniar,” with
-the same date, for those who fought and conquered at that place; and
-soon after this I had the honour of receiving mine (one of the first
-cast), with a kind and flattering letter from Lord Ellenborough.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXII
-
- ON LEAVE FOR TWO YEARS
-
-
-Riding accident at Cawnpore—Foot seriously injured—Get two years’ leave
- of absence—Voyage to Cape Town—On to Australia—A strange cabin
-
-
-ABOUT three months after our return to Cawnpore I was able to move about
-a little on crutches, but not to go to parades for some months more, nor
-to sleep nor rest on my left side. At last I managed to resume the
-command of the regiment and to carry on the orderly room duties, and
-finally to attend parades mounted; but I could not carry my sword,
-although my wound was by this time quite healed up, for the parts were
-so tender and sensitive that I could not bear the weight and friction of
-my sword against my side. My orderly, therefore, always carried it for
-me. On the very first ride I attempted to take into the country, my
-horse shied while passing a bullock-dray on a small, low bridge (not
-more than three or four feet high), slipping his hind legs over the
-bridge and falling backwards right over with me. We both came down
-together, and my right foot stuck in the stirrup, until the weight of my
-body carried it clear away. My ankle was much sprained in consequence,
-but I got up at once and managed, with the assistance of two officers
-who were with me, to mount again and to ride home. I sent at once for
-our surgeon, who ordered me to keep quiet and to bathe my ankle
-constantly in cold water under a pump. For days and weeks I thought very
-little of my accident, but my ankle and leg swelled very much and got
-worse and worse, with much pain, for many months afterwards. Various
-lotions were applied, but I got no better, and as my general health now
-began to fail, I was frequently confined to bed for weeks, and almost to
-the house for twelve months.
-
-I now seriously began to think of getting leave of absence, and in
-December of this year (1844) I consulted our surgeon, Dr. Davidson,
-accordingly, and he said there would be no difficulty in granting my
-request. So he at once wrote an official letter recommending me for
-leave of absence to proceed to Calcutta for the purpose of appearing
-before a medical board, and that letter I myself (as commanding officer)
-forwarded to the Adjutant-General of H.M. Forces in India for the
-consideration of the Commander-in-Chief, and in the next General Orders
-my name appeared for leave to Calcutta for the purpose above stated.
-
-In January, 1845, I took public leave of the officers of my regiment in
-the messroom, and with Captain Waddy (who also got leave of absence),
-Mrs. Waddy, and their children, left Cawnpore for Calcutta. We travelled
-together as far as Benares. There I took passage in one of the
-well-found and comfortable public river steamers, but Captain Waddy and
-family hired a budgerow and soon followed with the current, but did not
-reach Calcutta till a fortnight after us. I had previously written to my
-friend and agent, John Allan (one of the wealthy merchants of the “City
-of Palaces”), telling him that he might expect me, and requesting him to
-make every inquiry for passages for us to Sydney or to any part of
-Australia. He received me most kindly, and insisted on my taking up my
-quarters under his hospitable roof. He told me there was no chance of a
-direct passage to Australia, but that he had written to Mauritius and to
-Singapore to inquire if we could get passages in a vessel from either of
-these places for our destination.
-
-Meantime I reported my arrival to the military authorities, and was told
-a medical board would assemble on a given day, and that I had better
-call on Dr. Murray, Inspector of Hospitals and chief of the Medical
-Department. I did so, and after a conversation, in which I expressed my
-wish to be sent to Sydney, where my family then was, he said he was
-afraid he could not recommend me to be sent there, as his instructions
-were to send officers who received long sick-leave direct to England. I
-explained that that would not suit me at all, as to see my wife and
-family was of more importance to me than even my health. He then said he
-would consider it and would give me an answer the next day. I called the
-following morning, and he told me that in the event of my medical board
-recommending me for leave of absence, he would request I might be sent
-to Sydney. A few days afterwards I appeared before the board, and after
-they had asked me a few questions my leave was granted for two years, to
-proceed to New South Wales for the recovery of my health.
-
-By this time Mr. Allan had received answers to his letters to Singapore
-and to Mauritius informing him there was not the slightest chance of
-finding passages from either of those places to Australia; he therefore
-advised me to go at once to the Cape of Good Hope, where we would be
-sure to find vessels for Sydney, as many of the English traders for that
-port called at the Cape for supplies. A fine ship was ready to sail in a
-few days for England, touching at Mauritius and at the Cape, so the
-Waddys and I secured our passages at once, with the understanding that
-we might leave either at Port Louis or at Table Bay, but when we arrived
-at the former there was no prospect of a passage for any port of
-Australia, so we proceeded in a few days to Cape Town. There we landed
-and took up our quarters at a most excellent lodging-house; with us were
-two officers of the Madras army, one of whom was a medical man, well
-acquainted with my late brother, and he was most kind and useful to me.
-We were there for a week or ten days, and there being still no hope of a
-passage, we all made up our minds to leave our lodgings and to go
-together and occupy a very nice and partly furnished house in the
-country, five miles from Cape Town.
-
-There we lived comfortably for another ten days, when Captain Waddy
-returned in a great hurry from the town one day to tell us that the ship
-_Penyard Park_ had just arrived, bound for Sydney; she had put in for
-supplies, but was so full that he was afraid we should have some
-difficulty in getting passages. We at once determined to take our
-chances, no matter how limited the accommodation. Captain Waddy started,
-intending to go on board and to secure, at any price, the best cabins he
-could get for us. In a few hours he was back, and told us he had had
-much difficulty in securing for us two cabins at exorbitant prices—one
-cabin for himself and family on the lower deck, with scarcely any light
-or air, and for me, the second mate’s cabin, of only five feet long and
-four feet wide, leading from the quarter-deck into the poop, and where
-it was impossible for me in any way to stretch myself or lie down at
-full length. For this I was asked to pay seventy pounds, while Captain
-Waddy was to pay eighty for his. But we could not help it, and Captain
-and Mrs. Waddy made up their minds to go at any price, and to put up
-with any inconvenience, rather than lose the chance and remain behind,
-uncertain as to when another opportunity might offer, and for the same
-reasons I decided to accompany them. The captain, Sam Weller, came on
-shore to receive our money, and not one farthing less would he take.
-
-The passengers were a poor and humble set. The food was indifferent, but
-the captain was a most attentive and first-rate seaman, and was never
-absent from his deck when his services were required. We sailed from the
-Cape about the end of April. My first night on board the _Penyard Park_
-was very miserable. I am six feet two inches, and could not stretch my
-legs, and was obliged to lie all doubled up in a most intensely
-uncomfortable position. I could not help complaining next morning. The
-captain said he was very sorry, but could not help me. At last a
-good-natured doctor said, “Well, Colonel Anderson, I’ll see if I can
-help you.” He then consulted his wife, and soon returned to say that, as
-his cabin was next to mine, he would order the carpenter to cut a hole
-through the partition above the level of his bed and raise my bed to
-that height, then to place over him a box long enough to receive my
-legs, and thus lengthen my bed as much as necessary. This novel mode of
-accommodation was soon completed by the carpenter, and from that day I
-was comparatively comfortable in my little cabin, and more than glad to
-hear that, although my box and my extra length were over the good
-doctor’s legs every night during the voyage, he felt no inconvenience
-from the intrusion.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXIII
-
- AUSTRALIA ONCE MORE
-
-
-Sydney once more—Visit Mangalore—Select land for house near Melbourne—My
- War Medal
-
-
-AFTER a rather long and stormy passage we reached Sydney on the 4th
-June. An old servant of mine came on board at once, and from him I heard
-that my dear wife and children were all quite well and at Parramatta, so
-I at once wrote to her to announce my arrival, and promised to be with
-them in course of the day. I then hurried on shore and found a steamer
-starting for my home. There were many passengers on board who recognized
-me and who knew my wife, and from them I had the most delightful and
-cheering accounts of my family. Two anxious hours took us to Parramatta,
-and as we approached the wharf my house was pointed out to me on the
-opposite side of the river, and also my dear wife and children hurrying
-down to the bank to meet me, and my son Acland was seen by some of the
-passengers on the wharf waiting to greet me. When he was pointed out to
-me I said, “Quite impossible—that cannot be my boy!” but before I had
-time to say another word he made a run, and a spring on to our deck, and
-in an instant was in my arms. My joy and delight were so great that for
-some seconds I could not speak. He was so grown, so handsome, well, and
-cheerful. It will be remembered I left him on his bed of sickness, most
-alarmingly ill; it was doubtful, indeed, if I should ever see him again.
-He then pointed out his mother and sisters anxiously waiting for us, so
-off we hurried. Our meeting was full of joy and thanksgiving. With the
-exception of my eldest daughter, Mary, I did not know one of them. So
-changed were they during the four years of my absence, that had I met
-them anywhere else I could not in any way have recognized them.
-
-We went home and talked and talked, for we had much to say and no end of
-inquiries to make. Days and days passed before we became regularly
-composed and quietly settled down. I spent nearly a year with my wife
-and children, going occasionally to Sydney for a change, and to attend
-public and private parties and to dine at Government House. In December
-of that year my wife accompanied me in a steamer from Sydney to
-Melbourne for the purpose of visiting our station on the Goulburn River
-and determining whether it was advisable to settle down permanently in
-or near Melbourne. My health had by this time greatly improved, and I
-was getting over my lameness. The long sea journey from Calcutta had
-done me much good, and I became stronger daily. We started from
-Melbourne in a gig for our station, Mangalore, and after four days’ easy
-travelling got there early in January, 1846. My nephew, William
-Anderson, was then in charge. When we arrived there was no better
-accommodation than a common bark hut, with similar places at a little
-distance for the men; but the weather being fine and dry, we thought we
-could manage for a short time. My nephew did all he could to make us
-comfortable, and with our daily fresh meat and vegetables we fared very
-well. We took several drives in different parts of the station, and in a
-fortnight began our return journey to Melbourne. On our arrival there we
-took lodgings in Queen Street, intending to remain for some time and, if
-possible, to select some ground for our future residence.
-
-Our inquiries for ground led me to make the acquaintance of a Mr.
-Archibald MacLaughlin, a wealthy merchant of Melbourne, who took us one
-morning to look at the land and site upon which my happy home, “Fairlie
-House,” now stands, the adjoining land having been previously purchased
-by himself. The situation we at once thought beautiful, though then
-rough and without any house near it, or any signs or traces of the fine
-roads, streets, and houses which are now so near and all around it.
-However, after due consideration and visiting many other localities, I
-made up my mind to wait on his Honour Mr. La Trobe and request I might
-be allowed a special sale by auction of the land; he was the
-superintendent of the Port Phillip district, and subsequently
-lieutenant-governor of our colony of Victoria. He received me very
-kindly, but said at once that he could not grant my request; that it was
-quite impossible that he could do so. I then spoke of my claims on the
-Government as an old officer and as the late superintendent for many
-years at Norfolk Island, but all to no purpose. He said he could not do
-it, and that he could make no distinction. I now remembered I had a
-letter from Mr. Deas Thompson, the Colonial Secretary at Sydney,
-expressing the readiness of the governor, Sir George Gipps, to assist me
-in every way in getting land in the Port Phillip district, as he
-understood I had thought of removing my family there. He read it, and,
-turning round, said with a smile, “Oh, this alters the question; I shall
-be glad to grant you a special sale by auction. Send me your application
-and name a day.”
-
-With this assurance I returned to my wife, and we agreed (as we had to
-return to Sydney) to leave all to Mr. MacLaughlin, and request him, as
-my agent, to send in the application and name a day for the sale. He
-kindly consented to do all this, and if successful at the sale to draw
-upon me for the amount. In a few days we left in the _Shamrock_ steamer
-for Sydney, and after a pleasant passage were soon again with our
-children at Parramatta.
-
-The next mail from England brought me my Order of the Bath and the
-long-expected War Medal with the four clasps for Maida, Talavera,
-Busaco, and Fuentes d’Onoro. This last gratifying distinction was for
-many long years objected to and opposed by the Duke of Wellington, but
-as often urged and recommended as a right and just acknowledgment by his
-late Royal Highness the Duke of York, and also by many peers and persons
-of distinction, for services in all parts of the world by the British
-army during the previous half-century. It was not till the year 1844
-that the late Duke of Richmond brought the subject before the House of
-Lords, and, on his Grace’s able showing, his motion was carried by a
-large majority, who recommended her Majesty to be pleased to grant to
-each regiment and corps her royal permission to bear on their colours
-and appointments the name of any victory in which they had been engaged
-since 1793, and for the officers and men to wear a silver medal
-suspended from a red ribbon with blue edge, and clasp thereon for every
-battle or action, showing the name of every such victory. The officers
-of the army were so grateful to the Duke of Richmond for this service
-that committees were formed in London and in many of our principal towns
-in England, and in all foreign stations, for the purpose of getting up a
-subscription for a suitable testimonial in plate for his Grace, as a
-humble acknowledgment from the officers of the British army of the
-gratifying and very acceptable services he had rendered them. A large
-sum was collected, and a service of plate purchased and presented.
-
-My next good news was a letter from Mr. MacLaughlin stating that at
-the auction he had most fortunately been able to secure for me the
-land I had selected. We were indeed glad, as its position is
-delightful—overlooking the Botanical Gardens and the Government House
-domain, and with exquisite views of the bay on one side, and of
-Richmond, Kew, and the distant hills on the other. I at once wrote to
-my brother, who was in London, to send me the framework of a wooden
-house, on the plan of the Norfolk Island Government House, which he
-used to admire.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXIV
-
- SECOND VOYAGE TO CALCUTTA
-
-
-Sail for India—Dangers of Torres Straits—Copang—Arrival at Calcutta—My
- son appointed to the 50th Regiment
-
-
-THE period of my leave of absence was now drawing to a close. We
-received accounts from India of the campaign on the Sutlej and of the
-additional glory acquired by my gallant regiment in the battles of
-Moodkee, Ferozeshah, Aliwal, and Sobraon, and of all my dear friends who
-suffered or fell in those engagements. This made me more than ever
-anxious to be back with my regiment. In July of this year (1848) Captain
-Waddy and I made up our minds to take advantage of the first opportunity
-to secure our passages to India; soon afterwards we heard that the ship
-_Mary Ann_ would sail for Calcutta in a few days with horses, and
-Captain Waddy engaged to make the necessary inquiries to secure our
-passages. In the meantime, after consulting with my wife and my son
-Acland (now in his sixteenth year), I determined to apply by memorial to
-the Commander-in-Chief at the Horse Guards for an ensigncy for my son.
-Captain Waddy secured our passages, and got himself appointed to take
-charge of the horses, with, of course, a number of grooms under him; by
-this he got free passages for himself and wife, and I believe the same
-allowance in money which any other person so employed would have
-received.
-
-I took leave of my dear wife and children on the 6th August. I slept
-that night at the house of my cousin, Colonel James Gordon, who was then
-commanding the Royal Engineers in Sydney, and embarked next day on the
-_Mary Ann_. We sailed for our destination, steering for the inward
-passage through Torres Straits. The weather was moderate and clear for
-the first ten days, and by this time we had passed Cape York and got
-well into the straits. The mainland at a distance and numerous small and
-large islands and rocks were constantly in sight, many of them very
-near. The wind was now fair, the captain and two men were constantly
-stationed on the fore top-sail yard, the former calling out to the men
-at the wheel “Port, starboard” or “Breakers ahead” or “Rocks on the lee
-bow” or “Port, starboard, steady!” and these were the constant warnings,
-almost every minute, daily. The lead was also kept going and the
-soundings reported, and at times a perfect silence ordered.
-
-For days the navigation was most intricate. On one occasion we saw the
-masts of a schooner over a point of land; we steered round for her, and
-came to anchor near her. The captain asked me if I would accompany him
-in his boat to board her; I did so, and was a little surprised, after
-exchanging salutations, to find myself addressed by name by the captain,
-who said, “I hope Master Acland is quite well now.” He told me he was
-from Sydney, and that my two dear boys were lodging with him when they
-were taken ill. This of course made me glad to meet him, to renew my
-thanks for his kindness to them. He was employed in the straits with his
-schooner, fishing for _bêche-de-mer_ (or sea slugs) for the Chinese
-market. We left that anchorage the next morning, and after some hours’
-pleasant sailing got so near the mainland that we could see numbers of
-natives, who made signs to us, and we returned their salutation.
-
-After this the weather got thick, with constant light rain for two or
-three days, and our progress became more perilous, and at times
-alarmingly dangerous. We could not see a hundred yards before us, and
-the captain had to depend entirely on his charts. On one of these trying
-days we reached a small island some hours before dark, and our captain
-prepared to bring up and anchor under the lee of it, but on getting
-there he could not find soundings. We then tried to get round as far as
-the wind would permit, but still found no bottom. He was obliged to give
-up all hope of coming to anchor, and could only carry on his course in
-the direction of the next island on his chart. He was visibly anxious,
-and so were we all, heavy rain still continuing and the night being
-unusually dark. It was indeed a black and dreadful night, and one of the
-most alarming I ever passed. We all kept on deck, no one went to bed,
-and I must confess I was afraid of going below, for I thought that if
-the worst happened we had a better chance of saving ourselves in the
-boats from the deck than if we remained below. At about two next morning
-the captain thought he had run a sufficient distance to be pretty near
-the island for which he was steering, and he therefore brought the ship
-to the wind, intending to lie off till daylight. This was still an
-anxious time, for we had yet to wait some hours. At last the day dawned,
-and he found himself within a few miles of the island, at the very spot
-he believed himself to be in, and with the appearance of better weather,
-the rain and fog having cleared away.
-
-We were indeed thankful, and soon forgot our troubles, for in two hours
-more we were seated at a good breakfast, as merry as ever, and our ship
-again on her course, running away from our island, with the sun shining
-once more brightly on us. In another week we arrived off Booby Island,
-the northern extremity of Torres Straits, thankful indeed for having got
-safely through that perilous voyage. The captain and Captain Waddy went
-on shore to the little island, taking with them, according to custom, a
-cask of water, a cask of salt beef, and a bag of biscuits; these were
-deposited in a cave in the rock called the “Post Office.” It had been
-customary for years, for most vessels passing through the straits in
-safety, to leave some provisions at Booby Island, as a certain store and
-supply for shipwrecked sufferers, and, with humane feeling, this depot
-is always respected by visitors. It is named the “Post Office,” as there
-is a large seaman’s box there for letters, and also a book to insert the
-names of any vessels passing through, and the particulars of any losses
-or disasters occurring in the straits. Other ships passing take up these
-letters for delivery, according to their destination. Our people left
-letters at Booby Island, but one from me to my dear wife never reached
-her. She was more fortunate eighteen months later in receiving a letter
-left by our son Acland on his way to India.
-
-I hope I shall never again go through Torres Straits, for it is not only
-a dangerous passage, but one which keeps one in constant alarm for three
-weeks or more. Some of the rocks seen in the direct course are not
-larger than a man’s head over the water, others increasing to various
-sizes, and from the glare and rays of the sun, which are right ahead,
-they are not seen till one is within a few yards of them.
-
-I have myself heard of several ships being wrecked going through the
-straits, and of one case where the whole of the passengers and crew fell
-into the hands of the natives, and were barbarously murdered and eaten,
-with the exception of one little boy, the son of a Captain and Mrs.
-D’Oyley—both of whom the unhappy child saw sacrificed with the others.
-He was rescued many months afterwards by Captain Lewis, of the colonial
-schooner _Isabella_, sent in search of the survivors by the Governor of
-New South Wales when news arrived in Sydney that the ship had never
-reached India, her destination. After many weeks’ search amongst the
-islands, Captain Lewis got positive information from other natives that
-the ship was wrecked, and all on board, with the exception of one child,
-were murdered. He then made presents to these people, and got some of
-them to accompany him to the island where the massacre took place;
-there, through the efforts of his new friends and allies, he was kindly
-received, and after many more presents the boy was delivered up to him.
-He was also allowed to collect and carry away all the bones he could
-find of the unfortunate victims. These he brought to Sydney, where they
-were all buried together and a handsome monument placed over them.
-Captain Lewis was allowed to take the survivor, little D’Oyley, home to
-England, to his nearest known relative; this he did at considerable
-inconvenience and expense. He soon discovered the grandfather, and
-delivered the boy to him, but instead of being handsomely rewarded for
-his services, he received nothing beyond expressions of many thanks, and
-as Captain Lewis was a poor man, depending entirely on his profession,
-all who knew him and this sad story were indignant, the more so as the
-boy’s grandfather was known to be a man of considerable property.
-
-Our detention at Booby Island was not long. We soon entered the Indian
-Ocean, and were steering for Copang, the capital of the Dutch island of
-Timor, and in three days we were safely anchored there. Our object was
-to fill watercasks for our horses, the consumption of water being great.
-Copang is an extensive, straggling, clean town, with a small fort and
-garrison of Dutch troops and a governor. For watering ships it is most
-convenient, the anchorage being within a few hundred yards of the shore,
-and the pure fresh water is carried in pipes to within a few yards of
-the beach and boats. We visited the governor and officers in the fort,
-who received us most kindly, and gave us coffee and cigars. We also
-spent many hours daily in a large shop or store, where all kinds of
-supplies could be purchased, and where the fat jolly Dutchman who kept
-it constantly treated us to coffee.
-
-In a few days our tanks were full and all ready for sea, so we steered
-for the Bay of Bengal. The weather continued fine, and nothing
-remarkable occurred till our arrival off the Sand Heads. Then we
-received a pilot for Calcutta from one of the beautiful pilot-brigs
-which are constantly cruising off and on there. All was now excitement,
-getting scraps of news and preparing for the end of our long journey. We
-arrived about the middle of October, after a voyage of three months. I
-had the satisfaction of receiving a packet of letters from my friend
-John Allan, inviting me to come at once to his house, and with the
-gratifying news that my boy Acland was appointed to an ensigncy in my
-own regiment, also that the 50th was then on its march from the upper
-Provinces, and actually under orders for England. All these unexpected
-changes were in consequence of the end of our war with the Sikhs. I
-landed the same evening, and was hospitably received by Mr. and Mrs.
-Allan.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXV
-
- TO CAWNPORE AND BACK
-
-
-Violent gale at Loodhiana—Two hundred men, women, and children buried—By
- river steamer to Allahabad—Rejoin the regiment at Cawnpore—Return
- voyage down the Ganges
-
-
-NEXT day I reported my arrival to the adjutant-general, to the officer
-commanding at Calcutta, and officially to the officer commanding the
-50th Regiment. I was next agreeably surprised by a visit from one of the
-officers, Major Tew, who informed me that Colonel Woodhouse was on his
-way down, and would soon be in Calcutta, and that they were both going
-to England on sick-leave. He gave me much interesting news of the
-regiment, and from him I heard for the first time of a regrettable
-incident which occurred before they left Loodhiana on their present
-march to Calcutta. The regiment was quartered there when the Sutlej
-campaign commenced, and was suddenly ordered to join the army in the
-field at half an hour’s notice. The officers were actually at their mess
-table when the order arrived, and they and their men were obliged to
-move at once, leaving the whole of their property, public and private,
-behind them, in charge of a guard; also the women and children and a few
-servants were left. The regiment was not gone many days when a large
-body of Sikhs marched into the town and to the military cantonments, and
-plundered, burnt, and destroyed almost everything there, not even
-sparing the officers’ bungalows, many of which they either pulled down
-or burnt; and as they had no relish for the mess wines, they actually
-broke many dozens of full bottles. When the war was over the regiment
-returned to Loodhiana, and all were then apprised of their losses, which
-put them to serious inconvenience. They had not long returned before
-they were visited by a most violent gale, which in a few minutes
-levelled the men’s barracks to the ground—a terrible calamity, as it
-buried beneath the ruins two hundred men, women, and children. About
-fifty of these were got out dead, the others more or less seriously
-wounded. To see so many brave soldiers, who had fought and escaped
-during the whole campaign, thus cruelly sacrificed was indeed truly
-heart-breaking.
-
-I remained with my friend John Allan for more than a month. During that
-time I had many letters from the regiment, which kept me so well
-informed of their movements and march towards Calcutta that I saw no
-necessity to hurry my departure to meet them. An opportunity now offered
-direct for Sydney, and I gladly availed myself of it to write to my dear
-wife announcing my safe arrival. It was now the end of November, and
-finding that the regiment could not reach Calcutta before the beginning
-of March, I determined to join wherever I could most conveniently meet
-them on their march, and with this view took my passage early in
-December in one of the large and most comfortable river steamers for
-Allahabad. We were full of passengers for the upper Provinces, many of
-whom were very nice and agreeable. Our voyage up the Hooghly and Ganges
-lasted upwards of a month. We often stopped for some hours at the
-principal towns and stations to land cargo and passengers, to coal, and
-to receive more goods and other passengers for the higher stations. The
-weather was beautiful, and I enjoyed the trip and the pleasant society
-very much. While we were at Dinapore another of the same steamers
-touched there, bound for Calcutta, and in her I had the pleasure of
-meeting Colonel Woodhouse on his way to England. He was not in good
-health. Of course we had much to say during our short interview. It was
-not till the 7th of January that we reached Allahabad, and there we all
-parted, after a very agreeable voyage.
-
-I remained a few days at the hotel, and there found my old friends Sir
-Harry and Lady Smith, also on their way to England. I started in a small
-gharrie for Cawnpore, and there took quarters at an hotel, having heard
-that my regiment would arrive in two days more. On the following day the
-adjutant, Lieutenant Mullen, and Lieutenant Mowatt came in advance to
-welcome me, and to escort me to the regiment, and the next day we rode
-out to meet it. We had not proceeded more than three miles when we saw
-them approaching, and as soon as they recognized me they gave three
-cheers, and the band struck up “John Anderson, my joe.” I took off my
-cap and returned their greeting with a fond and grateful heart, and
-again, as soon as I had reached the head of the column, three more
-cheers saluted me. Then Colonel Petit halted the regiment, to give me
-the opportunity of seeing and shaking hands with all the officers, and
-saying a few words to the men.
-
-We now again got _en route_, and were met by Colonel Deare and many
-officers of the 21st Regiment and their band, who came from Cawnpore to
-welcome us, and so, surrounded by many hundreds of spectators, civil and
-military, we reached our camping-ground. No sooner had the Fusilier band
-taken up its position at our head than it struck up “See the Conquering
-Hero comes.” Colonel Deare and his officers asked us to dinner, and the
-men of the 21st had our men in like manner to a general and merry feast.
-There was no end to our toasts and our fun. Colonel Petit handed me over
-the command of the regiment by a written order of that day. We continued
-our march the following morning, and in four days reached Benares, where
-we found a fleet of boats ready to receive us for Calcutta. I also found
-letters at the post-office, leaving to me the option of taking the
-passage from the Ganges to the Hooghly, or, if not practicable, to
-proceed through the more lengthy and tedious passage of the Sunderbunds
-(which are the numerous outlets of the mighty Ganges to the sea), from
-one of which there is a canal to the Hooghly at Calcutta.
-
-We remained two or three days encamped near Benares, making our
-preparations and purchasing our private stock and provisions for the
-voyage. The commissariat having provided amply for our men, and all
-being ready, we started. The weather was fine, and all went on well till
-we arrived off the entrance of the Hooghly from the Ganges; there we
-brought up, and sent boats to see, and to sound, if there was a
-sufficient depth of water over the bar to carry our largest boats. They
-returned in a few hours, and reported that there was not sufficient
-water, and that we must take the passage through the Sunderbunds. Next
-morning we started and steered accordingly, and brought up at the little
-village of Calpee, where it is the rule to take in pilots and
-provisions, and a sufficient quantity of fresh water to carry one
-through the Sunderbunds, as the water there is brackish half the way,
-and altogether salt afterwards. We found a resident magistrate at
-Calpee, and he furnished us at once with three pilots, and most kindly
-assisted us in getting provisions and many dozens of large earthen jars
-of fresh water. Being thus provided with a sufficient supply of all
-things needful for three or four weeks, we again proceeded on our
-voyage. One of the pilots was stationed with the advance guard, one with
-me as the commanding officer in the centre, and the third with the rear
-guard. All the boats of our fleet had strict orders to keep as much
-together as possible and not to lose sight of each other for a moment.
-As I said before, there are numerous and endless twists and turns,
-separate outlets and channels, in the Sunderbunds, and to take a wrong
-one is to take a risk of being lost altogether, and in a position from
-which one cannot extricate oneself to find the way back again to the
-proper course. To make sure, therefore, our best pilot was with the
-advance guard, and whenever he came to a fresh channel he halted till
-all our boats were in sight, and could distinctly see the change of our
-direction, then he again took the lead.
-
-Buglers were in the boat of each pilot; these sounded the “Halt,”
-“Advance,” or “Close,” according to circumstances, yet, notwithstanding
-all this precaution and care, we lost one of the boats, with soldiers
-and their families in it. We halted many days for them, and, fearing
-they might be short of provisions, I left a boat with supplies, as soon
-as we entered the last clear and certain course for Calcutta, with
-orders to come on if the missing boat did not appear in a week. Not only
-is the navigation difficult and dangerous, but the low lands and banks
-of the channels and creeks are covered with thick mangrove-trees and
-scrub, and we were assured by the pilot that it was infested in many
-places by tigers, ever ready to pounce upon any one within their reach.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXVI
-
- INDIA TO CAPE TOWN
-
-
-The guns captured in the Sutlej campaign—Lord Hardinge’s compliments to
- the regiment—I secure compensation for the regiment’s losses at
- Loodhiana—Voyage to Cape Town
-
-
-AT last, after more than a fortnight’s exposure to the pestilential
-atmosphere of the mangrove marshes and swamps, and repeated causes of
-uncertainty and anxiety about our proper course, we arrived early in
-March in the Hooghly, off Fort William, and landed in safety about an
-hour afterwards. We were no sooner formed in line than I observed an
-unusual appearance—a square of artillery on the right of the direct road
-to the fort; and on asking an officer what that was, he told me these
-were all the guns captured from the enemy during the various battles on
-the Sutlej. I instantly determined that my brave men should enjoy a near
-view of these trophies and proofs of their valour, so, instead of
-marching direct for the fort, I made a circuitous turn toward the guns,
-and then all round them. The men were delighted, and their remarks were
-very amusing on pointing to many of the guns; for instance, “That is the
-fellow which knocked a whole section of ours to pieces!”; “That is the
-chap that knocked the colonel off his horse!”; and “Look, these are the
-very murdering devils which our charge settled and carried off at
-Aliwal!” The sight was really most gratifying, and truly calculated to
-inspire pride and glory in every British heart. There were in all
-upwards of three hundred guns of all sizes, from six to sixty-eight
-pounders, and principally brass, beautifully finished and mounted. After
-many cheers we marched into our barracks in Fort William. For the first
-ten days we had an increase of sick, but most of them recovered, though
-two or three poor men died. Our missing boat and the one left to pick it
-up both arrived in safety, about a fortnight after us; they were getting
-near the end of their provisions when they discovered their relief.
-
-In Fort William we found the 16th Bengal Grenadiers, a regiment which
-wavered and held back to a man at the battle of Ferozeshah, leaving
-their English colonel to advance alone with our troops. He did all in
-his power to rally his men, but all to no purpose, so at last that brave
-man attached himself to our gallant 50th Regiment, and fought nobly with
-them, till, sad to say, he was at last killed.
-
-Soon after our arrival at Calcutta we were asked to dinner by the
-Governor-General, Lord Hardinge. He was most kind to us all, and after
-dinner proposed the health of “Colonel Anderson and the officers of the
-50th Regiment.” He made a most brilliant and flattering speech, in which
-he enumerated most distinctly our services in all parts of the globe,
-and especially spoke of our indomitable and gallant conduct in the
-various battles of the Sutlej; then, turning to me, he said: “You may
-indeed, Colonel Anderson, be proud of your noble and distinguished
-regiment, and I have the most sincere pleasure in drinking your health,
-and the health and continued success of every officer and soldier of the
-brave 50th.”
-
-By this time I had heard much from my officers about the extent of their
-losses at Loodhiana, and I determined to make a strong appeal to the
-Government of India for remuneration. In due course I received an answer
-saying it was not customary for the Government to grant any indemnity
-for such losses, but that I might state the nature and particulars of
-the losses and amount in detail, for further consideration. I
-communicated the answer to the officers, and requested them to furnish
-me with a detailed account of all their losses. When it was all complete
-I forwarded it to the Secretary of the Military Department, and begged
-that it might be favourably considered. A long time passed without my
-receiving an answer; but at last I got a letter informing me that the
-demands were unreasonable, that the officers had no claim or right to
-such expensive bungalows, that they should have been built in value
-according to their relative ranks, and that the officers’ mess should
-not have had such costly wines. To this I replied that the comfort and
-health of the officers was of the first importance to the efficiency of
-the service, that the additional accommodation tended to their comfort
-and good; and with respect to the expensive and large stock of our mess
-wines, I said such was the custom of all officers’ messes in the
-regiments of her Majesty’s Service, and more especially in India, where
-the carriage was so expensive, and where the messes of British officers
-were expected to entertain in suitable and becoming manner, which duty
-they could not carry out if their supplies of wine were limited. To this
-I received a reply that the Government of India could not, after due
-consideration, grant any remuneration for the losses without
-establishing a precedent which must be inconvenient hereafter. I wrote
-once more, saying that I still ventured to make one more appeal in so
-just and good a cause, and stated that the officers interested were
-seriously inconvenienced by their losses, and by the very unexpected
-decision of the Government, and consequently that I considered it my
-imperative duty to request that the subject might be reconsidered. In
-another week I got an answer granting all we claimed, with the exception
-of a reasonable deduction from the value the officers had placed on
-their expensive bungalows. This then was a great victory, and my
-officers were indeed glad and thankful for the service I had rendered
-them.
-
-Early in January, 1848, I received an order to hold the regiment in
-readiness for embarkation, and I was at the same time informed that
-one-third of the officers would be permitted to proceed home at once by
-the overland route, at the public expense, if they preferred it. The
-selection was left to me, and I was directed to forward the names at
-once to the Adjutant-General of her Majesty’s Forces in India, that
-their leave of absence might appear in General Orders. Accordingly, I
-saw the necessity of keeping most of the senior officers to take charge
-of and accompany their men during the long voyage, and was happy to find
-that many had no particular wish to go overland. I therefore soon made
-my selection without disappointing any one, and amongst the number I
-included my own dear son. The names of the chosen few were forwarded,
-and in due time appeared in General Orders, with three months’ leave of
-absence. This liberal time was given to afford them an opportunity of
-visiting any other parts of Europe and Asia beyond the immediate line of
-route. In a few days the mail steamer for Suez started, and they went
-off with light hearts. The arrangements and terms of the mail steamer
-were most liberal, for they allowed passengers to leave them at any of
-the ports of call for a month or six weeks, and took them up again at
-the same place without additional charge.
-
-About the middle of January three splendid ships were placed at my
-disposal for the conveyance of my regiment to England, viz., the
-_Queen_, _Marlborough_, and _Sutlej_. They were all of the largest
-class, and, after visiting and inspecting each, I could not make up my
-mind which I should prefer for mine as headquarters. They were all
-equally tempting, and the accommodation in all most inviting and
-comfortable. At last I decided on the _Queen_ for headquarters, and for
-three companies, and ordered the remainder of the regiment to be divided
-between the _Marlborough_ and _Sutlej_, the former under the command of
-Captain Bonham, the latter under Major Long. In the last week in January
-the embarkation took place. The _Sutlej_ took the lead, and the
-_Marlborough_ followed next day, and on the morning of the 3rd February
-I embarked, thankful indeed to leave a land and climate which I always
-disliked, and with an anxious hope that I might never be doomed to visit
-it again.
-
-We all were comfortable and happy on board, and our table was most amply
-and liberally provided. In addition to my officers we had a number of
-passengers, and as we had our band with us, we had music and dancing
-every evening. During the first three weeks the weather was very
-favourable, then fresh breezes and contrary winds followed occasionally,
-but nothing to disturb or distress us. About the middle of April we made
-the Cape of Good Hope, and as we approached Cape Town we were joined by,
-and came up with, a number of other ships, all steering for the
-anchorage at Table Bay. One of these in the distance appeared under
-three jury-masts, and to our surprise she proved to be one of our own
-ships, the _Sutlej_. We were now all anxiety to know the cause of her
-mishap and the extent of her damages and loss, fearing that some of our
-men must have suffered much during so serious a misfortune; but we were
-obliged to wait till both ships got to anchor. Then our captain and some
-of our officers went on board the _Sutlej_, and on their return to us
-reported that on the night of the 1st of April they had met a severe
-gale, which suddenly carried away the three masts by the deck, but
-fortunately without injuring any one, beyond a few bruises. They all had
-a most providential escape. The sea was running mountains high, and when
-the masts fell over the side and were being cut away clear of the hull,
-the end of one of them was forced through one of the dead-lights in the
-stern, which at once admitted the sea in tons, to a most fearful and
-alarming extent, and so continued for some minutes, till stopped by
-mattresses and some other temporary contrivances, and the pumps and
-dozens of buckets were kept going all the time. I was assured that even
-with all these precautions and means they must have foundered but for
-the able and willing assistance the captain and crew received from our
-gallant soldiers on board, for the former were all but exhausted with
-the previous fatigues of the gale, and the soldiers were fresh and ever
-ready to assist and lend a hand.
-
-General Cartwright of the Bengal army and Major Mackay of the 21st were
-passengers on board, both so seriously ill that they could not leave
-their cabins during the disaster, and the former had a narrow escape of
-his life, his illness being much increased by one of the top-masts
-actually falling through the deck into his cabin, but fortunately clear
-of his bed.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXVII
-
- RETURN TO ENGLAND
-
-
-Return to England—Continued in command of the regiment
-
-
-SOON after we had anchored, I landed to report our arrival, and found to
-my great pleasure that our old friend Sir Harry Smith commanded at the
-Cape. He was very glad to see us, and at once determined to land the
-whole of our detachment from the _Sutlej_, as the ship would require new
-masts and thorough repairs, which would take many weeks to carry out.
-They were disembarked and accommodated in barracks next morning, and on
-that day we all dined with Sir Harry and Lady Smith. Neither of our
-ships had seen our other vessel, the _Marlborough_, since the day she
-left us at Calcutta. We in the _Queen_ remained in Table Bay for a week,
-and continued to receive the greatest kindness and hospitality from Sir
-Harry Smith. We then left and steered for St. Helena, which was reached
-in about ten days. We anchored there three days, and the officers were
-allowed to land daily if they wished. Finally we made all sail for
-England, without anything remarkable beyond calms and contrary winds, in
-consequence of which we had rather a long passage. We had no sickness on
-board, and our evening musical parties and dancing were continued. About
-the end of May we sighted the happy land of England, and on the 1st of
-June were off the Isle of Wight; on the morning of the 3rd we passed
-Deal, and there saw our good ship the _Marlborough_ at anchor and
-without any troops on board, so we concluded at once that our detachment
-from that ship had landed. This was soon confirmed by a boat which
-boarded us and told us that they had disembarked some days before at
-Deal, where the depot of the regiment was stationed. Our captain
-continued his course according to instructions, and on the 4th of June
-we anchored off Gravesend; and now all was excitement and preparation
-for landing, and by that day’s post I reported our arrival to the
-Adjutant-General of her Majesty’s Forces at the Horse Guards. Early next
-day we were boarded by a staff officer from Tilbury Fort; he informed me
-he expected the order every minute for our landing, and requested me to
-prepare accordingly. We were soon all ready, and the order for our
-disembarkation and route for the barracks in Chatham soon came. Boats
-were immediately alongside, and in less than an hour the 50th Regiment
-was again drawn up on English ground, with the shattered but proud
-remains of our colours flying over us, and behind them three large new
-embroidered Sikh colours captured by the regiment in the battles of the
-Sutlej, and now the glorious trophies of our valour and renown. These,
-and the well-known character of the “Fighting 50th,” caused great
-excitement and a general gathering of the inhabitants of Gravesend.
-There was no end to the cheering and welcomes which greeted us, and in
-this way the mass of the crowd followed us nearly to Chatham, and there
-we were received with similar honours by the commandant and all the
-officers and soldiers of the garrison. We dined with the officers of the
-garrison, and our men were feasted, and made much of by the soldiers of
-the different depots. Next morning we marched for Canterbury, where we
-halted and dined with the 21st Regiment, and went on by rail next
-morning to Deal, where we were met by many of our depot officers and
-men, and amongst the former my own dear son. We marched to our barracks
-and spent a very happy evening.
-
-I had last seen my son on board the mail steamer at Calcutta, starting
-for England. I now learnt from him that he and his companions had
-stopped a few days at Cairo, and also at Alexandria, and then went on to
-Malta, where they remained some days. They next took their passage in a
-steamer for Civita Vecchia, thence by _diligence_ on to Rome; they then
-went to Marseilles, and thence to Paris. Before they were many days in
-the gay capital of France, the Revolution suddenly broke out in all its
-horrors, and they managed by stratagem to escape from Paris, and to make
-their way with others to Havre, where they at once embarked for
-England—thankful, indeed, that they had got away with their lives,
-without either wounds or broken bones, considering they were for a time
-under fire and exposed to the risk of death. In their hurry to get away
-they were obliged to leave most of their clothing and baggage behind.
-
-I was now expecting to be relieved from the command of the regiment.
-Colonel Woodhouse was still absent on leave, but was expected to join
-shortly. In another week I received an official letter informing me that
-I and our supernumerary lieutenants (six) would be placed on half-pay in
-a month from that date. This we expected, and I endeavoured to bear it
-in the hope of better luck, and that I might again be employed on full
-pay some future day—but I determined to stay with my dear regiment till
-Colonel Woodhouse joined. I had not to remain long, for in another week
-he was with us, and I, of course, handed the command over to him. Poor
-man, he was in bad health, and was confined to his house and could see
-no one. He was still commanding officer, and the adjutant carried on all
-details in his name. I remained packing up and preparing for my final
-departure, then took leave of my friends, little expecting to see them
-or the regiment again, and started for London.
-
-Some days afterwards I attended the Adjutant-General’s levée at the
-Horse Guards. He received me most kindly. After asking a few questions
-about the regiment and our voyage, he suddenly said, “Would you, Colonel
-Anderson, like to be employed again?” My answer was ready, that most
-certainly I should. “Have you been with Lord Fitzroy Somerset?” he asked
-(the Commander-in-Chief and Military Secretary). I replied that I had
-not. On which he said, “You sit here, and I will see him at once.” He
-soon returned, and told me he could not see him then, as the Duke of
-Cambridge was with him, but added he would take an early opportunity of
-seeing Lord Fitzroy about me. Shortly after this Colonel Woodhouse
-retired. We all greatly regretted his loss. He had been nearly forty
-years in the regiment, and had commanded it for twenty-five years.
-
-I attended Lord Fitzroy Somerset’s next levée. He received me very
-kindly, and I mentioned my desire to be again employed. His lordship
-replied, “Very well, Colonel Anderson, I will make a note of it; but you
-had better write to me and state your wishes.” He made no allusion
-whatever to Colonel Woodhouse, nor did I. Next day I wrote to his
-lordship officially, merely requesting that I might be again employed. I
-was some days without an answer, but I was not kept very long in
-suspense ere I received a letter ordering me to proceed at once to Deal,
-to resume the command of the 50th Regiment. This was great and glorious
-news, and all that my heart could desire. Next day I arrived at Deal,
-and was received most kindly by all. Colonel Petit handed me over the
-command, and I was once more at the head of my dear regiment. Colonel
-Petit handed me over, amongst other official papers, a letter from the
-Adjutant-General intimating that Colonel Woodhouse was placed on
-half-pay, and Lieut.-Colonel Anderson ordered to rejoin and take command
-of the regiment. From this time all went well, but we had all enough
-hard work in distributing our depot men amongst our battalion companies,
-preparing our new clothing, and drilling and exercising morning and
-evening and making everything ready for our next general inspection.
-About the end of July we heard of the arrival of the _Sutlej_ off
-Gravesend, with Major Long’s detachment, and in a few days they were
-with us. Our colonel-in-chief, General Sir George Gardner, paid us a
-visit about this time, and made a general inspection of the regiment. He
-was considered a very able and strict officer. He now made a minute
-inspection, and after seeing us go through various movements, he closely
-inspected our interior arrangements and economy, and finally expressed
-himself well pleased.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXVIII
-
- FAREWELL TO THE 50TH REGIMENT
-
- Decide to retire—Return to Australia
-
-
-I NOW heard from my wife in answer to my last letter, in which I urged
-her to make such arrangements for the safety and management of our
-property in Victoria and Melbourne as might enable her at once to return
-to England, and so join me. Her answer was full of good sense, saying
-she could not make up her mind to trust any one she knew with the entire
-care and management of our property; that the risk and chances of loss
-were too great for her to take the whole responsibility of appointing
-any one to act for us, and therefore, however sad our continued
-separation must be to us both, she considered it wise and prudent to
-remain where she was till she heard further from me; and I could not but
-concur in the wisdom of this opinion.
-
-Having long and well considered our relative situations and the
-discomforts and distress which we must endure by a continued separation,
-I now began for the first time to think seriously about retiring from
-the service by the sale of my commission, and returning to my family in
-Australia for the rest of my life. These were serious and most trying
-thoughts, and not to be carried out in a hurry. To think of leaving my
-dear regiment for ever, and the service, to which no man was ever more
-devoted, and in which I had spent nearly the whole of my life, was most
-agonizing, and I could scarcely endure it.
-
-At last we marched to Dover, and on the way I got into conversation with
-Major Petit, then the senior major of the regiment and the first for
-purchase. After much friendly talk I hinted to him that I would not mind
-retiring if I was offered a good price above the regulations. At once he
-asked me how much I would expect. I did not then give him any answer
-beyond saying I would think about it. I did think about it again and
-again, but I could not make up my mind, not that I hesitated about the
-additional sum I would ask, but about going or not going. This was
-towards the end of August, and I was then called on by a very dear
-friend, Captain Dodd, who told me he was requested by Colonel Petit and
-the next officers in succession for purchase to ask if I really had
-serious thoughts of retiring, and, if so, what additional sum I would
-expect. I told Captain Dodd that I had thought about it, but could not
-make up my mind. As I have said, he was a dear friend of mine, and we
-now talked long on the subject, which ended by his telling me he thought
-he could get them to make an additional sum of fifteen hundred pounds
-above the regulation. Finally I promised to make up my mind and give my
-final decision in a few days.
-
-This fearful state of suspense and anxiety began to disturb my general
-health, and it became so bad that I could not attend parade or even
-leave my rooms. The surgeon attended me all this time, and recommended
-me to go on leave of absence, as I required a change, and it would
-certainly do me good. I was granted two months’ sick-leave, and I
-promised Colonel Petit that he should have my final and positive answer
-in a week. In ten days’ time I was really quite resigned when I saw
-myself gazetted out of the service, and my friend Petit and the others
-promoted in succession. This was a relief and great satisfaction to me,
-as it at once removed the anxiety I felt about them, for I sometimes
-doubted whether the succession and promotion would go in the regiment. A
-few days more brought me a letter from Colonel Petit informing me that
-he had instructed our agents, Messrs. Cox & Co., to place fifteen
-hundred pounds (beyond the regulation) to my credit, these sums making
-in all six thousand pounds for my commission, and so ended (on the 28th
-of September, 1848) my services as a soldier.
-
-The die was cast, the deed was done and could not be recalled, and I was
-indeed utterly unhappy and miserable. For forty-three years I had served
-my Sovereign faithfully. My whole mind and heart were devoted to my
-profession. I had risked my health and life in several countries and in
-battlefields often and often, and these memoirs show the extent of
-favour and success which repeatedly attended my humble endeavours. All
-that was now left to me was the fond remembrance of the past and the
-conviction that I had still, and ever would have, the heart of a
-soldier, and I hoped to be able to pass the remainder of my eventful
-life in peace and thankfulness with my dear wife and children. I must
-here mention such was the state of my health at this time that I had
-great fear that I should not live long enough to see them. But God was
-good and more merciful to me than I deserved; for His mercy not only
-restored me to them in due time, but He has granted me ever since to
-this day many, many of the most happy, and I may also say most healthy,
-years of my long life, and I am indeed thankful.
-
-
-
-
- _The Gresham Press,_
- UNWIN BROTHERS, LIMITED
- WOKING AND LONDON.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- ● Transcriber's Notes:
- ○ Missing or obscured punctuation was corrected.
- ○ Unbalanced quotation marks were left as the author intended.
- ○ Typographical errors were silently corrected.
- ○ Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation were made consistent only
- when a predominant form was found in this book.
- ○ Text that was in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_);
- text that was bold by "equal" signs (=bold=).
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Recollections of a Peninsula Veteran, by
-Joseph Anderson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RECOLLECTIONS OF A PENINSULA ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55804-0.txt or 55804-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/8/0/55804/
-
-Produced by Brian Coe, Barry Abrahamsen and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.